Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Wilmington

Wilmington

wil · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wil
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Wilmington
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
W

i

l

m

i

n

g

t

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

8

2018

Wilmington

Wilmington plc
Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2018

Stock Code: WIL

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our journey towards 
One Wilmington

Defined our purpose 
“Turning knowledge 
into advantage”

Accelerated growth 
through significant 
acquisitions

Pedro Ros 
appointed CEO 
and initiated a review 
of the business

Defined our target 
communities

2014

2015

2016

Why invest?

Clear vision and focus

One

Wilmington

Good operating margin

20.1%

Read more on page 8

High proportion of subscription 
and repeatable revenues

Strong positions in well-funded 
professional markets

76%

of total revenues

23+

years’ experience

High conversion of operating 
profit into cash

105%

Progressive dividend policy

4%

growth in total dividend

Launched vision 2020

By 2020, Wilmington 
communities will benefit 
from personalised 
knowledge whenever 
and wherever they need it

Read more on page 09

Accelerated 
integration through 
Project Sixth Gear

Created the 
Professional 
division

Relocated 
London head office to 
accelerate collaboration 
between teams

Integrated UK 
Healthcare business

Drive organic 
growth

2017

2018

2019

Contents

Strategic Report
02  Highlights
04  At a glance
06  Chairman’s statement
08  Chief Executive Officer’s review
11  Case study – ICA
12  Review of operations
18  Strategy
22 

 Key performance indicators/
operational measures

 Case study – Apprenticeships

24 
26  Sustainability report
28  Financial review
31  Case study – FRA
32 

 Risks and uncertainties facing 
the business

Our Governance
40  Board of Directors
42  Directors’ report
44  Corporate governance report
49  Audit Committee report
51  Nomination Committee report
52  Directors’ remuneration report
66 

 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 

Financial Statements
67 
73  Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
74 
comprehensive income

75  Balance sheets
76  Statements of changes in equity
77  Cash flow statements
78  Notes to the financial statements 
110   Pro forma five year financial summary 

(unaudited)

111  Prior year restatement (unaudited)
112  Advisers and corporate calendar 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plc

01

Highlights

Another year 
of good progress

Group revenue £’m

£122.1m
+1%

Adjusted EBITA2 £’m

£24.6m
+5%

Adjusted profit before tax3 £’m

£22.6m
+6%

120.3

122.1

90.0

95.1

105.7

23.4

24.6

22.0

20.3

21.4

22.6

19.5

17.8

17.5

15.7

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Organic revenue1 down 

Adjusted EBITA margins 

(3)%
2017: (1)%

20.1%
2017: 19.4%

Profit before tax £’m 

£3.0m
2017: £15.9m

Adjusted earnings per share4 p

20.49p
+8%

Total dividends

8.8p
+4%

Group net debt £’m

£39.6m

18.17

19.05

20.49

7.7

8.1

7.3

8.5

8.8

40.0

39.6

33.7

34.7

28.6

15.57

13.95

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Basic earnings per share p 

0.25p
2017: 14.72p

Final dividend 

4.8p
2017: 4.6p

Cash conversion5 at

105%
2017: 114%

02

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportOperational highlights
•  Growth in revenue and adjusted profit before tax 
achieved despite challenging market conditions

Outlook and current trading
ICP business sold on 18 July 2018
• 

•  Guidance otherwise remains in line with July 2018 

•  Risk & Compliance division delivered growth helped 

trading update

by the success of ICA membership scheme

•  Healthcare division revenue up in absolute terms due 
to acquisitions. Underlying performance negatively 
impacted by GDPR, the focus on integrating the UK 
Healthcare business and planned rationalisation 
of the US events programme

•  Acquisition of Interactive Medica (‘IM’) strengthens 

pharmaceutical data offerings and increases access 
to European markets

•  Professional division performed well in the year although 
impacted by closure of Ark legal support business

•  Revenue growth expected to be in the low single digit 
percentage range. Growth expected in each division

•  Costs expected to increase year on year to support 

revenue growth

•  First two months’ trading reflects expectations 

of seasonally quiet period

1 

 Organic – eliminating the effects of exchange rate fluctuations and the impact 
of acquisitions. 

•  Digital learning and marketing investments 

progressing well

2  Adjusted EBITA – see note 2.

3  Adjusted profit before tax – see note 2.

•  Upgrade of IT infrastructure in year and move to new 

4  Adjusted earnings per share – see note 9.

head office completed

5 

 Cash conversion – see note 29.

Against a backdrop of challenging trading conditions 
we made good progress in the year. Going forward we 
remain confident of achieving expectations for the year 
just started. We are focused on delivering sustainable 
underlying revenue and profit growth which we believe 
will deliver significant value for shareholders.

Pedro Ros
Chief Executive Officer

03

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsAt a glance

Turning knowledge 
into advantage

Trusted knowledge becomes much more valuable as the world becomes less predictable. At Wilmington plc, 
our mission is to transform knowledge into advantage, keeping our clients at the centre of everything we do.

Our tailored information, education and events are trusted by our clients to maximise opportunities, manage 
risk and create connections. With the vision to provide personalised knowledge wherever and whenever they 
need it, we are helping our clients to better understand their challenges.

UK revenue

59%

Europe revenue
(excluding UK)

17%

North America 
revenue

15%

Rest of the 
World revenue

9%

The Group has offices in the following 
locations (UK unless otherwise stated):
•  Barcelona, Spain
•  Birmingham
•  Boston, US
•  Charlotte, US
•  Chicago, US
•  Dubai, UAE
•  Dublin, Ireland
•  Essex
•  Glasgow
•  Hong Kong
•  Leicester

•  London (head office)
•  Madrid, Spain
•  New York, US
•  Newry, Northern Ireland
•  Paris, France
•  Plymouth
•  Santa Cruz, US
•  Singapore
•  Stockholm, Sweden
•  West Yorkshire

04

•  Malaysia
•  United Arab Emirates
•  Bermuda
•  Saudi Arabia
Isle of Man

The Group’s largest revenue generating 
countries are:
•  UK
•  US
•  France
•  Spain
•  Singapore
•  Republic of Ireland
•  Hong Kong
•  Germany
•  Switzerland
•  Channel Islands

• 
•  Sweden
•  Denmark
•  China
•  Canada

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportFocused on three key 
knowledge areas

Throughout Wilmington plc, we are fortunate to have highly talented people working in our businesses. 
Our highly regarded subject matter experts are renowned in their markets – trusted not only for their 
expertise and knowledge, but also for the way that they convey it.

We are building on our strong reputation for must-have information by enhancing the way it is delivered – 
developing more personalised digital services using our enhanced infrastructure, cutting-edge facilities 
and technical expertise. We continue to serve our professional communities worldwide, working hard to 
ensure they have the trusted information they need to prepare for the future.

Risk & Compliance

Healthcare

Professional

This division provides in-depth 
accredited regulatory and compliance 
training and information, market 
intelligence, and analysis. It focuses on 
the international financial services and 
international insurance markets as well 
as the UK pensions industry. The main 
communities that use our offerings are 
risk and compliance officers globally.

The Healthcare division provides 
analysis and clarity to customer-focused 
organisations predominantly in the 
healthcare and life science markets, 
enabling them to better understand and 
connect with their markets. This division 
includes our UK healthcare information 
businesses, our Paris based European 
healthcare news agency, our newly 
acquired cloud based marketing and 
analytics system, our healthcare networking 
events and our legacy non-healthcare 
data suppression and charity information 
businesses. The main communities that use 
our offerings are healthcare professionals 
on an increasingly global basis.

This division includes Wilmington’s 
financial training businesses, accountancy 
CPD and our repositioned legal product 
lines. The Professional division provides 
expert and technical training as well as 
support services to professionals in 
corporate finance and capital markets 
and to qualified lawyers and accountants 
in the UK in both the profession and in 
industry. This division serves primarily 
tier 1 banks, the international financial 
services industry, US capital markets 
and small to medium sized professional 
accountancy and law firms.

Risk & Compliance revenue

£42.9m 
(2017: £42.3m)

35+

35%
of Group revenue

Healthcare revenue

£44.6m
(2017: £42.5m)

37+

37%
of Group revenue

Professional revenue

£34.6m
(2017: £35.5m)

28+

28%
of Group revenue

Read more on page 12

Read more on page 14

Read more on page 16

05

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements65
+
L
72
+
L
63
+
L
Chairman’s statement

Martin Morgan

Focused 
on improving 
revenue 
performance

•  Acquisitions have been an important 

part of the growth story of Wilmington over 
recent years. In the immediate future, our 
primary focus will be on deploying capital 
to achieve organic growth from our 
existing businesses.

•  We operate in markets that have good 

long term growth characteristics and the 
divisions are well positioned to service 
those markets with strong brands, content 
and services.

06

This is my first Chairman’s Statement since taking over from Mark Asplin 
on 1 May 2018. Mark was a Director for 13 years and Chairman since 
2011, and on behalf of the Board I would like to thank him for his 
significant contribution to the Group.

Strategy 
I joined Wilmington at a challenging time for the Group but one which 
also offers significant opportunities. On the following pages of this 
report you will read about the progress the Group has made over the 
last year and how it is preparing to address the challenges it is facing. 
Specifically our prime goal is to achieve organic revenue and profit 
growth. It is no secret that the Group has found this hard over recent 
years but much work has already been done to reposition the business 
and to upgrade the infrastructure on which it operates. 

Over the last four months I have been meeting as many people in the 
organisation as possible to learn about their businesses, to gain an 
understanding of the markets in which they operate and to discuss 
where the growth drivers lie. It is clear to me from these meetings that 
the Group comprises many businesses which provide highly valuable 
information and services to their customers. The challenge that we 
have is determining how best we can accelerate growth and identify 
where our capital should best be allocated. With this in mind I am working 
with the management team to review all parts of the business and our 
plans for growth. 

Results and dividend
Overall financial performance was mixed, with strong cost control 
meaning we achieved good growth in adjusted profit despite revenue 
declining slightly on an organic basis. Overall profits have been impacted 
by one-off costs and by the non-cash impairment of the historical 
goodwill that we were carrying for the Law for Lawyers business, CLT. 
Cash generation was strong with net debt remaining unchanged year 
on year despite the significant investment in Group infrastructure and 
the purchase in February 2018 of Interactive Medica for £2.2m.

In light of this, and in recognition of the confidence it has in the future 
prospects of the Group, the Board is maintaining the previous progressive 
dividend policy that has been in place since 2013/14. The final dividend 
will be increased 4% to 4.8p (2017: 4.6p). Taken in conjunction with the 
increased interim dividend paid in April this takes the full year dividend 
to 8.8p, up 4% from the 8.5p paid in 2017. This was covered 2.3 times by 
adjusted earnings per share. It is the Board’s intention to continue the 
progressive dividend policy whilst maintaining dividend cover of two 
times adjusted earnings per share. 

Acquisitions and disposals
On 12 February 2018 Wilmington acquired the Interactive Medica 
group of companies (‘IM’) for initial consideration of €2.5m and further 
potential deferred consideration of up to €1.6m subject to IM achieving 
stretching annual revenue targets for the periods to 31 December 2019. 

The addition of IM technology to our existing services not only enhances 
our existing healthcare product offerings in the UK, but will also increase 
our ability to access other European markets.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportFor the year just started we anticipate achieving underlying revenue 
growth in each of our divisions albeit at relatively low levels. In total we 
retain the view, expressed in our trading update on 6 July that revenue 
growth will be in the low single digit percentage range. We continue to 
anticipate costs rising year on year to support that revenue growth and 
reflecting the non-repeatable nature of certain of last year’s costs savings.

Overall the Board remains confident of achieving its expectations for 
the year just started and in the longer term prospects for the Group. 
Although representing a seasonally quiet period, the start of the year 
has reflected our expectations, with organic growth reported in Risk & 
Compliance and Professional. In Healthcare, although revenue is down 
reflecting the challenges from last year, sales in the UK in the first two 
months are flat year on year indicating the shift in momentum that we 
anticipate delivering over the course of the year.

Part of the strength of Wilmington lies in the stability provided by its 
breadth of businesses and business models. We operate in markets 
that have good long term growth characteristics and the divisions are 
well positioned to service those markets with strong brands, content 
and services. By focusing on the most attractive opportunities and by 
executing on our plans we believe we can restore the Group to delivering 
sustainable underlying revenue and profit growth which, in turn, will 
deliver significant value for shareholders.

Martin Morgan
Chairman
11 September 2018

Shortly after the year end, on 18 July 2018, Wilmington sold its specialist 
credit reporting business ICP to its current management team for £3.0m. 
The transaction price will be paid over the next five years. The sale 
allows Wilmington to focus its resources on its core client communities 
and secure for shareholders a good return from historic investments. 
We wish our former colleagues at ICP well as they embark on the next 
phase of the development of their business.

Acquisitions have been an important part of the Wilmington growth 
story over recent years. In the immediate future, as explained above, 
our primary focus will be on deploying capital to achieve organic growth 
from our existing businesses. In time, we will continue to use acquisitions 
where we see clear opportunities which support that strategy. 

People
We welcomed our new colleagues from IM into the Group in February. 
This took our headcount to around 1,000. As a digital information, 
education and networking business, we are reliant on the quality and 
professionalism of our people. On behalf of the Board I would like to 
thank them for their dedication and hard-work over the last twelve 
months and to wish them every success in the current financial year. 

Board changes
In addition to my own appointment on 1 May 2018, the Board was 
pleased to welcome Richard Amos who joined as an Executive Director 
on 1 March 2018. Richard subsequently succeeded Anthony Foye as 
Chief Financial Officer on the latter’s departure on 1 April 2018. The 
Board would like to record its gratitude to Anthony for his considerable 
contribution in the six years he was in post. 

Current trading and outlook
In line with the guidance we issued for the current year in our trading 
update of 6 July, the Group is clearly focused on improving revenue 
performance via organic growth. We continue to believe that many 
of the challenges we experienced in the last year were a result of the 
significant restructuring that was undertaken during the period. That 
restructuring is now behind us and at the same time the Group has 
made significant investments in IT platforms which provide a catalyst 
for growth.

As a digital information, education and 
networking business, we are reliant on the 
quality and professionalism of our people. 
On behalf of the Board I would like to thank 
them for their dedication and hard work 
over the last twelve months.

07

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsChief Executive Officer’s review

Group revenue

£122.1m +1%

Adjusted EBITA

£24.6m +5%

I am pleased to present my report on the year ended 30 June 2018. 
We have made significant progress over the course of the year with 
revenue and adjusted operating profit and earnings per share all 
increasing. We completed the move into our new London head office 
and upgraded our IT infrastructure, improving both its effectiveness 
and robustness. We made significant progress on the implementation 
of our digital platforms. We completed the integration of our UK healthcare 
assets, including those acquired with HSJ in 2017, into a single UK 
Healthcare business. And with Interactive Medica we acquired an 
additional healthcare software platform to strengthen our offering 
to pharmaceutical clients. 

That was all achieved against a backdrop of some difficult trading 
conditions. With around 50% of Group revenue coming from the 
provision of information services, the implementation in Europe of the 
new General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’) was an important 
challenge for us. We undertook significant work to prepare for it internally 
and also faced confusion and nervousness in our external markets as 
clients, particularly in the healthcare sector, got to grips with what it 
meant for their business and their ability to use data that we provide. 
Thankfully, following GDPR’s launch on 25 May 2018, although the 
market is not completely back to historic levels, greater clarity is 
emerging on the practical implications of the new regulations, with 
industry best practice becoming established. 

Recognising the market related challenges that the Ark business 
had in serving the legal support market over a number of years, and 
following an unsuccessful attempt to sell it, we closed the majority of 
that business at the start of last year. The remaining elements, which 
are networking events in the US and UK are now managed within the 
Healthcare division and we have restated our segmental reporting 
to reflect this.

Pedro Ros

Sharpening 
our focus

•  We moved into our new London head office 
in Whitechapel in December. This office, 
which consolidates two previous locations 
is now home to around 30% of our global 
workforce. It is already providing significant 
benefits in terms of increased co-operation 
amongst now co-located teams and 
generating positive impacts on recruiting. 

•  Over the last few years much of our 

growth has come from acquisitions as 
we have sought to broaden our product 
and geographic footprint. We see this 
work as largely complete and the focus 
of the Group is now on investing in the 
existing businesses to provide sustainable 
organic growth. 

•  Acquisitions will remain a part of the 

strategy, albeit of a lower priority for the time 
being than in the past. Any acquisitions that 
we do undertake will be specifically to help 
accelerate the organic growth potential of 
existing assets.

08

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportResults summary
Against this backdrop Group revenue was up 1% to £122.1m (2017: £120.3m) 
and adjusted operating profit increased 5% to £24.6m (2017: £23.4m). 
The adjusted operating margin increased slightly to 20.1% (2017: 19.4%). 
Much of this growth came from acquisitions including the full year impact 
of the acquisition of HSJ in 2017. Adjusting for this and at constant 
currencies, on an ‘organic’ basis, revenue declined by 3% and adjusted 
operating profit by 2%. As highlighted in the review of operations on 
pages 12 to 17, much of the organic decline came in the Healthcare 
division, where difficult market conditions combined with the internal 
impact of significant restructuring activity resulted in declines in the UK 
healthcare businesses. 

Despite the underlying decline in revenue, the impact on profit was 
mitigated by some robust cost reduction actions that were taken 
across the Group. This included reductions in discretionary spending, 
deferring of certain planned investments and restrictions on recruiting 
including the replacement of staff leaving the business. As explained 
in the Financial Review, certain of these actions were one-off in their 
nature and will not be replicable in the current financial year. 

Strategy
Our strategy remains to provide information, education and networking 
products to our chosen communities. These are risk & compliance, 
healthcare and professional – lawyers, accountants and investment 
bankers. We have chosen these markets as we believe that they offer 
good sustainable growth opportunities and represent markets where 
we already have strong brands, products and content. 

Over the last few years much of our growth has come from acquisitions 
as we have sought to broaden our product and geographic footprint. 
We see this work as largely complete and the focus of the Group is now 
on investing in the existing businesses to provide sustainable organic 
growth. That process is well underway, with last year seeing a number 
of key investments that, as set out below, position the Group well for 
future growth. 

Vision 2020
Building on the work that we have done over the last three years in 
integrating the various businesses from across the Group, we have 
developed a new internal plan to take forward to 2020.

Vision 2020 recognises that personalisation of information is becoming 
key in the current environment as consumers become ever more 
bombarded by a plethora of data sources. The vision is that by 2020 
Wilmington’s chosen communities will benefit from personalised 
knowledge whenever and wherever they need it. It identifies six key 
work-streams to make that happen: customer engagement; new product 
development; information platforms; education platforms; culture and 
CSR; and communications. Over the next three years these work-streams 
will be our focus as an organisation to ensure that we develop along a 
common path. Ultimately we believe that they will allow us to develop 
unique and indispensable products and services for our chosen customers 
that will make us key partners to those communities, enabling us to 
build a sustainable and valuable business for shareholders.

Investments
During the year we made progress with a number of the investments 
that we had undertaken as a feature of Project Sixth Gear, the project 
to accelerate the integration of Wilmington. In total we spent £5.0m on 
capital expenditure in 2018 (2017: £2.9m). In addition £3.5m (2017: £1.8m) 
was expensed through the Income Statement in adjusting items as 
one-off costs (‘Opex’) associated with various restructuring and investment 
programmes, mainly related to the London office move and IT infrastructure 
upgrade. We have no plans for similar adjusting items in the current 
financial year. 

New London head office (Capex £2.4m; Opex £3.1m)
We moved into our new London head office in Whitechapel in December. 
This office, which consolidates two previous locations is now home to 
around 30% of our global workforce. It is already providing significant 
benefits in terms of increased co-operation amongst now co-located 
teams and generating positive impacts on recruiting. 

Acquisitions will remain a part of the strategy, albeit of a lower priority 
for the time being than in the past. Any acquisitions that we do undertake 
will be specifically to help accelerate the organic growth potential of 
existing assets. We would anticipate them being funded from internally 
generated cash or from our existing debt facilities, details of which are 
set out in the Financial Review.

Associated with the office move, at the same time, we restructured 
our IT department and upgraded the IT infrastructure, outsourcing 
the provision of hosting and support globally to a third-party provider. 
This upgrade is taking place progressively and as at the end of August, 
some 90% of the Group’s employees are now benefitting from the 
improved service. 

Acquisitions 
In the last year we concluded one relatively small acquisition, the 
purchase of Interactive Medica. This business was acquired to provide 
us with a software platform that can be used to deploy the various 
European information assets that we already provide to clients. It offers 
a cloud-based insight, CRM and key account management software 
solution. It provides pharmaceutical clients with the ability to collate, 
analyse and distribute multiple data sources to their sales force, including 
sources they have acquired from Wilmington Healthcare. It allows them 
to make much greater use of the information assets that they have 
within their organisations and enables us to become a more critical 
and better embedded supplier within their organisation. Already clients 
such as Bayer UK are seeing the benefit of the integrated nature of this 
offering and we plan to expand that to other top tier pharmaceutical 
clients over the next few years.

These investments in infrastructure are not without cost. In total they 
add around £1.6m per annum to the cost base, of which around 50% 
was incurred in the last year. However, they were long over-due and 
without them our ability to operate as a modern digital business was 
seriously compromised. We are confident that they will deliver 
significant returns over the medium term.

New product development (Capex £1.0m)
£1.0m was spent on capital investment incurred for new product 
development. A significant part of this was invested in developing a 
new information product for the French healthcare market. This 
product, called APMi, is a French version of a product we acquired with 
HSJ in 2017. It provides participants in the French pharmaceutical 
market with information about key developments with local health 
services and hospitals. It was launched in July 2018 and the initial 
response from potential customers has been positive. 

09

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Investments continued
Other new product development largely revolved around supporting 
the roll out of Totara©, the group wide Learning Management System 
(‘LMS’) that we announced in the prior year. We had planned to spend 
£750k last year rolling this system out. In practice, due to the slower 
progress on revenue growth we deferred part of this spending, incurring 
around half of that last year, with the rest now planned for the current 
financial year. We have however achieved significant progress on the 
roll-out. There are now 130 courses live on Totara©, with FRA, UK 
Healthcare, Accountancy and CLT all live with Totara© deployments. 
Over the next financial year we expect to extend that to other businesses 
across the Group and also to expand the number and ranges of 
courses provided. 

Providing blended online learning and face-to-face training remains 
a key element of our strategy. Although the use of online learning is 
undoubtedly increasing, its adoption is by no means ubiquitous. 
Many of our chosen communities continue to value face-to-face 
learning for its intensity and the networking opportunities that it provides. 
Being able to supplement focused face-to-face sessions with more 
flexible online learning resources provides best in class solutions and 
we will continue to invest in this as we develop our offerings.

Organisation
At the start of last year we welcomed Terry Sweeney into the organisation 
as the Divisional Director for Professional. Terry has a background in the 
development of online learning through a number of prior roles. Over the 
last twelve months I have worked with Terry to facilitate the integration 
of the Professional division from the seven discrete businesses from 
which it was created. That work has progressed well and the division 
now has much greater cohesion and consistency. This focus has led 
to better results in the past year. Going into this financial year, the main 
focus in Professional is the full integration of the Accountancy business 
which, whilst under a single management team, still has two separate 
organisations from its Mercia and SWAT heritage. Plans are well 
developed for these two organisations to fully integrate over the 
course of the next twelve months so that Accountancy clients in 
the UK are offered a single integrated service.

In my review last year, I explained our plan to invest significantly in new 
staff to drive growth opportunities. Unfortunately, this was not possible, 
as trading performance required us to take vigorous cost containment 
actions. We had planned to grow the headcount, mainly in the areas 
of content development and sales to support the growth plan, but in 
the event the full time equivalent headcount reduced by 24 to 849 at 
30 June 2018 (30 June 2017: 856 plus 17 acquired with Interactive Medica). 
This was as a result of cost reduction actions taken in recognition of 
the in-year trading performance. As we go into the current year we 
anticipate recruiting around 30 new heads across the year to support 
our growth plans.

Pedro Ros
Chief Executive Officer
11 September 2018

Vision 2020 recognises that personalisation 
of information is becoming key in the current 
environment as consumers become ever 
more bombarded by a plethora of data sources. 
The vision is that by 2020 Wilmington’s chosen 
communities will benefit from personalised 
knowledge whenever and wherever they 
need it.

10

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportCase study

International  
Compliance Association

Helen Langton
Managing Director, ICA

We do not promote qualifications – we promote knowledge. 
We give compliance professionals the tools and the confidence 
to do difficult, complex jobs, and to tackle their roles head on.

When ICA was founded in 2002, the goal was to create a professional 
body supporting those responsible for compliance in organisations 
around the world, at the time when ‘compliance professionals’ had yet 
to be given the recognition they rightly receive today given the 
regulatory regimes that govern society at present.

The ICA was founded by Wilmington as a professional membership 
association, and an awarding body for financial-crime- and regulatory-
compliance professionals. The founders believed that education, 
recognition and community were key to establishing an active regulatory 
risk control and by establishing ICA, they provided the opportunity for 
an effective community of specialists, regulators and practitioners at all 
stages of their careers to come together to study, to network, to grow. 
Working closely with Alliance Manchester Business School, the 
business school of the University of Manchester, the ICA has 
developed over 40 professional qualifications.

A woman on a mission
In the years that followed, ICA has truly risen to the global stage. 
It now has members in 130 different countries, offices in the UK, 
Dubai, Singapore and New York and has awarded more than 
120,000 certifications globally.

“Our mission,” says Helen Langton, Managing Director of ICA, “is to 
inspire, educate and enable a global community of compliance specialists 
to perform to the highest possible standards of professional practice 
and conduct. While education is vital, we don’t promote qualifications 
– we promote knowledge. We give compliance professionals the tools 
and the confidence to do difficult, complex jobs, and to tackle their 
roles head-on.

“The key, as we see it, is to demonstrate to organisations the tangible 
benefits of investing in their people as part of a joined-up approach to 
tackling the growing mass of risks they face. We provide knowledge, 
guidance, information and practical skills as part of an ongoing strategy 
to constantly improve business performance.”

The rise of the compliance professional
The ICA’s chosen delivery partner for its ever-expanding portfolio of 
qualifications is International Compliance Training, a sister Wilmington 
business. Working with the ICA, ICT has helped tens of thousands of 
individuals and organisations realise their training ambitions in the area 
of risk and compliance.

Helen has overseen a massive shift in the general standing of compliance 
professionals. As she says, “A collaborative learning experience is a 
must, for our partners, students and in-house clients; equally essential 
is utilising cutting-edge technology to enable a fully student-centric 
approach. The growing number of diploma-level compliance qualifications, 
including post-graduate diplomas, evidences the significance – and, 
increasingly, the seniority – of the roles our students fulfil.”

The accompanying growth in the ICA’s membership is no surprise. 
With more than 12,000 members, the ICA now represents a sizeable 
and highly credible community of professionals around the world. 
Despite its explosive rate, growth alone is not sufficient – sustainability 
is also essential. Consequently, the ICA’s proposition undergoes constant 
review to ensure it remains attractive and relevant, whether that is to 
someone new to compliance or to someone who has worked in the 
profession for decades.

What next for the ICA?
Helen is under no illusion as to the task ahead. What makes the ICA 
what it is today she says, “is a vibrant community of specialists, regulators 
and practitioners that live, breathe and sleep compliance. They’re not 
‘just’ compliance professionals, they are our biggest champions. And 
we have to keep it that way – which is no mean feat!

“Technology must play its part in the development of the ICA. 
We recently launched a high quality CPD portal that gives access to 
more than 7,000 pieces of learning, enabling members to stay current, 
develop and become better professionals. In today’s world, our members 
expect personalised knowledge, whenever and wherever they want it, 
and that’s exactly what we aim to deliver.”

There’s no doubt that Helen is up for the task. With a consensus-driven 
leadership style, she is a forward thinking, enthusiastic, inclusive leader 
who is dedicated to making the ICA a great place for great people to do 
great things.

11

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsReview of operations

Risk & 
Compliance

Revenue

£42.9m

Operating profit

£12.9m

Operating margin

30%

12

Note that variances described below as ‘organic’ are after adjusting for 
acquisitions and at constant currency rates.

2018
£’m

27.4

15.5

42.9

12.9

30%

2017
£’m

27.2

15.1

42.3

12.3

29%

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

1%

3%

1%

5%

2%

-2%

1%

1%

Revenue
Compliance

Risk 

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

Business model
Our major compliance business, which was developed organically 
within Wilmington, is the International Compliance Association (‘ICA’), 
an industry body that we created in 2002 and which offers professional 
development and support to compliance officers predominantly in the 
financial services sector. Revenue earned by the business is primarily 
training income that we receive for running development courses and 
associated examinations that allow the applicants to achieve their 
professional accreditation. We now offer 43 accredited qualifications, 
ranging from entry level ‘affiliates’ up to post-graduate diplomas and 
masters degrees. These accreditations are awarded in association 
with the University of Manchester’s Alliance Manchester Business 
School and we retain a panel of independent academic professionals 
who teach, set exams and carry out assessments. Additional revenue 
comes in the form of subscriptions paid by the professional members 
for their accreditation. These are either paid individually, or increasingly 
via corporate subscriptions maintained by their employers. In total, 
revenue from ICA and associated training accounts for around 55% 
of the total Compliance revenue.

Additional revenue in Compliance is earned through running 
face-to-face and online courses for in-house programmes for financial 
institutions and wealth managers. The material for these courses is 
developed by our own internal R&D team, and we own the associated 
intellectual property. Revenue is earned per course attendee. Further 
revenue is earned from subscription services including provision of 
detailed information on regulations in the UK pensions industry and 
subscriptions to Compliance Week, the premium industry journal for 
US and European compliance professionals. The Compliance Week 
brand also generates revenue from lead generation to the compliance 
community and from running industry networking events. 

The Risk businesses serve the global insurance industry. 
Services provided include in-depth regulatory information and market 
intelligence and analysis. In addition, the division provides networking 
events and training specifically focused on the Spanish insurance 
market. Revenue is predominantly earned through subscriptions to 
the information and analysis services and from attendance fees and 
sponsorship at the networking events and training courses. 

The overall market for compliance 
remains strong, with an increased 
demand for regulation across the 
financial services sector.

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportThe Risk businesses overall reported a 2% organic decline in revenue. 
This was in part driven by the credit referencing business, ICP, which 
was affected by trading weakness in its Middle Eastern customer base 
resulting in a 7% organic decline. We subsequently sold this business 
shortly after the year end. 

Axco, our insurance information business also had a challenging 
year, as consolidation in its customer base resulted in a 2% reduction 
in revenue at constant currency, despite 4% growth overall. Going 
forward we have a new management team running the business which 
is are seeking to widen the product portfolio and enhance the value 
generated from the unique database of global information that the 
business owns. 

Inese, our Spanish insurance industry expert, had a good year, 
recording 2% organic growth. Much of this came from the investment 
made in the prior year in opening an office in Barcelona where we have 
run increased numbers of training courses and events targeting the 
local market.

Divisional operating profit was up 5% in absolute terms to £12.9m 
(2017: £12.3m). On an organic basis the operating profit increase was 1% 
as the organic revenue growth fed through to margin. Operating margin 
was up slightly to 30% (2017: 29%) as the currency benefits and strong 
cost control offset inflation. In particular, a focus on higher margin 
products in Compliance Week has resulted in an improved mix that 
boosted underlying margins. 

Market
The overall market for compliance remains strong, with increasing 
demand for regulation across the financial services sector. This is helping 
drive increased interest in related professional qualifications. The industry 
is, however, maturing which is changing how organisations manage their 
compliance needs. The creation of more internal teams at financial 
services institutions means that employee-wide training is tending now 
to be conducted by in-house teams rather than being outsourced as 
was previously the case. For us, this is resulting in a shift in revenue away 
from the large multi-attendee programmes that Wilmington has previously 
provided to more bespoke development and ‘train the trainer’ programmes. 
Aside from this, consolidation of the wealth management industry and 
the maturing of the defined benefit pension industry in the UK have 
meant that market conditions for the segments addressed by our 
Compliance business have been largely flat.

The principal feature of the risk market has been consolidation 
amongst the major insurance industry players which has resulted in 
some reduction in addressable market. Additionally, traditional insurers 
have been impacted by the entry into the market of new ‘InsurTech’ 
players who in many cases are seeking to disrupt the existing market. 
Offsetting this, the underlying demand for insurance products continues 
to grow, with newer threats such as cyber risk gaining increased 
attention. Overall this is helping to balance the market for the services 
we provide. 

Trading performance
Against this backdrop, the overall Risk & Compliance division 
performed well, delivering 1% absolute and organic revenue growth. 

Revenue in the Compliance businesses grew 2% organically. 
This growth came primarily from the ICA and related training that 
grew organically 5% despite the effect of declines in the major 
in-house programmes. The growth was driven in part by the success 
of the professional membership scheme that we introduced in the ICA 
in the prior year. Accredited paid memberships increased by around 
50% to over 12,000 and the mix improved as an increasing number of 
participants progressed to higher level accreditations. Additionally the 
business benefited from a programme of geographic expansion, 
particularly in Asia Pacific, where, for example, work with the Malaysian 
financial services regulator saw an encouraging uptake in local public 
and in-house training courses. 

Other Compliance businesses were overall flat, with growth in 
Compliance Week offset by a decline in training for wealth managers. 
Revenue in pensions compliance was essentially flat. In recognition 
of the market challenges in the wealth management area we have 
restructured that business, with new management, a closer operational 
integration with the other Compliance businesses and an ongoing 
refresh of course materials. This includes the development of more 
online learning which we believe will open up new markets in what is 
geographically a very diverse industry. 

Our strategy with Compliance Week has been to build up its 
position at the heart of its community and hence reduce dependence 
on traditional publishing income. That has been successful over the 
last year with further revenue from lead generation services developed 
through its strong position in the industry. Additionally increased 
revenue came from associated events, including a very successful 
flagship annual conference held in May in Washington DC and the 
growing Compliance Week Europe event held in November each year. 
The appointment of a new editorial team just prior to the year end has 
been aimed at improving online content for its digital publication and 
with it the value proposition to subscribers to drive further growth. 

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsReview of operations

Healthcare

Revenue

£44.6m

Operating profit

£9.9m

Operating margin

22%

14

2018
£’m

2017*
£’m

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

27.8

8.9

7.9

44.6

9.9

22%

23.8

10.7

8.0

42.5

9.4

22%

17%

-17%

-1%

5%

5%

-8%

-12%

-2%

-8%

-7%

Revenue
European 
Healthcare

US Healthcare

Other Information 
businesses

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

* 

 2017 comparatives have been restated to include business lines previously managed 
within Professional.

Business model
Wilmington’s businesses which serve the healthcare community 
offer a range of products predominantly around the provision of market 
and customer intelligence. Wilmington’s Healthcare division combines 
these information assets with others that provide similar services 
to a number of other communities including charities and  
not for profit organisations.

Wilmington’s European Healthcare businesses operate predominantly 
in the UK and France, although with the recent acquisition of Interactive 
Medica, we now have the ability to serve a wider pan-European market. 
Services provided include the provision of deep insight information on 
the UK and French health sector markets that enable participants in 
those markets to better understand and connect with their customers. 
Additionally we provide market participants with online education in the 
workings of the UK healthcare industry and, following its acquisition in 
2017, we publish the Health Service Journal (‘HSJ’), the leading online 
publication in the UK for healthcare leaders. Associated to that we 
organise networking and training events including the flagship HSJ 
Awards. The majority of revenue in this area is earned through subscription 
services either for the provision of information or for access to regular 
publications and training courses. Additionally, revenue from certain 
information provided on a bespoke basis is recognised when delivered. 
Events are typically funded by supplier sponsorship although this is 
occasionally augmented by delegate charges.

The US Healthcare businesses predominantly represent the industry 
events that were acquired with FRA in July 2015. These serve the US 
healthcare and to a lesser extent the US financial services communities. 
The prime brand is the RISE series of events that address the Medicare 
and Medicaid markets, for which the flagship event is RISE Nashville, 
which takes place in March each year. Revenue from these events is 
generated both through sponsorship and delegate sales. 

The Other Information businesses represent a portfolio of legacy products 
including data suppression and charity information. They include services 
that are increasingly being used by organisations to help prevent identity 
fraud. Revenue is traditionally earned through subscription to the 
relevant data feed. 

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportMarkets
Generally, spend on healthcare globally is increasing due to  
well-publicised demographic changes. There is increasing pressure 
on funding sources, either public or private, which is resulting in significant 
industry-wide efficiency initiatives. These ‘value based’ healthcare 
initiatives rely on perceptive insight into the healthcare market to ensure 
that investment, treatments, drugs and marketing effort are all tightly 
focused to be as effective and efficient as possible. The businesses 
that Wilmington owns in this area provide that insight and hence, we 
believe, are well positioned to deliver long-term growth.

Over the last twelve months provision of these services has 
been impacted by the enactment of new European data protection 
regulations, ‘GDPR’, which tighten regulation around the management 
and use of personal data. Ultimately this will be a good thing for our 
industry, as it will raise the standard required by companies providing 
such services and provide additional barriers to new entrants. 
However, in this first year of adoption it has caused some market 
disruption, as purchasers and users of the data, our customers, defer 
plans as they seek to understand how the new regulations affect them 
and their programmes. We saw the impact of this in the first half of the 
year, and it continued into the second half and up to the launch of GDPR 
in May. Subsequently, the market is settling down as custom and practice 
are being recognised, but it continues to have a diminishing effect on 
year on year comparisons.

Trading performance
Overall revenue for the Healthcare division increased 5% to £44.6m 
(2017: £42.5m). This comparison is, however, affected by both currency 
movements and more significantly by the effect of the acquisitions 
of HSJ and Interactive Medica in January 2017 and February 2018 
respectively. Adjusting for these factors, underlying revenue decreased 
on an organic basis by 8%. Both UK and US Healthcare businesses 
saw significant organic declines, with the Other Information businesses 
showing a 2% reduction reflecting a decline in some of its older legacy 
products offset by good growth from the newer identity fraud 
prevention products. 

The European Healthcare businesses combined saw an 8% organic 
revenue reduction, with a more significant decline in the UK offsetting 
4% growth in France. The UK decline was in part caused by market 
conditions as we felt the impact of the GDPR related delays noted above. 
However, in addition to this, levels of business activity were affected by 
the actions that we took to integrate the various UK healthcare assets 
that existed within Wilmington into a single UK Healthcare business. 
Organisationally we restructured the sales organisation to move from 
a product focus to an account sales model. Operationally we integrated 
all of the entities and implemented a new CRM system. We transitioned 
the HSJ operations from the systems and processes of its previous 
owners onto new Wilmington infrastructure and we relocated significant 
numbers of staff to new offices, including as part of the London head 
office move. 

This focus on operational integration impacted sales effectiveness which 
led to a greater than expected effect on growth plans. Combined with 
the market factors described above, this resulted in the reduction in UK 
revenue. Actions on the cost base were taken to mitigate the effect on 
profit including reductions in discretionary spending and hiring restrictions. 
As discussed in our trading update in July, this will have a consequential 
effect in terms of growth aspirations for the coming year. 

Revenue in the US Healthcare businesses saw a 12% organic reduction 
although this reflected a deliberate plan. At the time of its acquisition, 
FRA, which makes up the majority of this business, was consistently 
adding more events to drive top-line growth. Whilst this was good for 
revenue, many of the events that were added were proving only marginally 
profitable. Having run them for a couple of years it became apparent to 
us that there was not the long-term appetite for many of these events 
amongst either sponsors or delegates and indeed a number were proving 
harder to sell to both customer bases. As a result we took the decision 
in the year to rationalise our portfolio and remove the cost that supported 
it. The number of events was reduced from 89 to 56 and this resulted 
in the significant reported reduction in revenue. However, associated 
cost savings more than offset this such that the operating profit made 
by the business increased organically by around 30% and brought the 
margin back to in excess of 20%. Part of that increased margin was 
also a result of the success of the RISE franchise of events that are at 
the core of the business’ ongoing programme. RISE now comprises 
six related events across the year, accounting for more than half of the 
business’ revenue and operating profit. Building on the RISE franchise, 
we launched a RISE Institute, to develop further the community 
offering. All delegates to the RISE events are invited into the RISE 
Institute, which uses an online presence to offer industry updates and 
relevant online education hosted through the Totara© LMS platform. 
We aim to continue to develop the RISE community in future years.

Operating profit in the Healthcare division increased 5% in absolute 
terms to £9.9m (2017: £9.4m). On an underlying basis it reduced 7%, 
in line with revenue. The potential impact of the revenue reduction was 
mitigated by significant cost reduction actions as described above. 
Operating margin remained unchanged at 22%.

15

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsReview of operations

Professional

Revenue

£34.6m

Operating profit

£6.2m

Operating margin

18%

16

2018
£’m

2017*
£’m

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

34.3

0.3

34.6

6.2

18%

34.1

1.4

35.5

6.1

17%

1%

1%

-3%

2%

-2%

2%

Revenue
Ongoing 
businesses

Ark business – 
closed

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

* 

 2017 comparatives have been restated to exclude business lines now managed 
within Healthcare.

Business models
The Professional division was created at the end of the prior year 
through the integration of the previous Legal and Finance divisions. 
It predominantly provides education and training for professionals 
employed in three target communities: accountancy firms, law firms 
and investment bankers. It runs face-to-face courses and provides 
online learning for these communities. It provides training at various 
levels including inducting new joiners to the investment banking industry, 
providing continuing professional development for existing qualified 
lawyers and accountants and in the case of the legal profession training 
their clients for interaction with the legal system. It additionally provides 
technical support to accountancy firms which allows them to keep abreast 
of technical developments and changes in tax law as well as promoting 
the services they offer around those activities to their clients.

The Accountancy and Legal businesses are predominantly UK and Ireland 
based, reflecting the country-specific laws and accounting standards 
that govern their profession. Investment banking is of course a global 
industry, and as such Wilmington’s business in that area has an international 
presence, with centres in Europe, North America and Asia Pacific. 

Around half the revenue in the Professional division is earned through 
subscription services for ongoing training support and other related 
activities, with the rest through one-off course attendance fees.

Overall across the division, 
despite the revenue reduction, 
operating profit was healthier 
with an absolute and organic 
growth of 2% to £6.2m.

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportMarkets
The markets within the areas of professional education that Wilmington 
serves are generally considered to offer the opportunity of low single 
digit medium-term growth rates. 

Over the last twelve months, accountancy markets were reasonably 
flat. The profession in the UK continues to grow, although consolidation 
amongst smaller firms had some impact in terms of the wider support 
services that Wilmington provides. Additionally the low level of new 
accounting standards in the UK and a relatively stable backdrop in 
terms of tax legislation resulted in some cyclical decline in terms 
of demand for training courses. 

The markets for the legal community were mixed. The business 
continues to suffer from the removal of requirement for CPD hours for 
lawyers in England and Wales which came into full effect in October 2017. 
This impacted our Law for Lawyers products. In addition, as discussed 
in last year’s Annual Report, at the start of the year, we decided to close 
the Ark business that had targeted the legal support markets in the UK 
and the US. The only elements of that business that we retained were 
certain industry events that the business ran alongside its training products. 
These, along with other US financial services events, are now being 
managed within the events businesses in the Healthcare division and the 
comparative figures have been adjusted to reflect this in both divisions.

The market for investment banking continues to be challenging. 
Banks and other financial institutions continue to increase the numbers 
of new recruits into the industry that need training. However balancing 
that, they continue to focus hard on cost control, resulting in strong 
competition in the training market. This was particularly apparent 
in the Asia Pacific region in the year. 

Trading performance
Overall revenue for the Professional division was down 3% at £34.6m 
(2017: £35.5m). On an organic basis the reduction was 2%. All of this 
reduction can be attributed to the decision to close the Ark business. 
Adjusting for that the underlying revenue performance across 
Professional would have been marginally positive, with growth in 
Accountancy offsetting a smaller decline in Investment Banking. 
After adjusting for the Ark closure, Legal was flat.

Despite relatively flat market conditions described above, 
Accountancy achieved steady growth. This came in part from 
the synergy benefits of the combination of the Mercia and SWAT 
businesses following the latter’s acquisition in 2016. 

The Legal businesses had a mixed year. Strong growth was achieved 
in the La Touche business that serves the Irish legal and compliance 
community as we continue to make good progress in that area as the 
local economy grows. Conversely, the Law for Lawyers business in 
England and Wales continues to be impacted by the changing CPD 
requirements. In recognition of that we are changing the focus of the 
business, reducing CPD related networking events and investing in 
online learning programmes that we believe offer a sustainable growth 
opportunity. These programmes will be launched in the current year 
utilising the Totara© LMS that we are rolling out across the Group. The 
UK Law for Non-Lawyers business, Bond Solon, also had a good year, 
particularly in the second half as it benefited from courses for training 
witnesses at tribunals. It also developed a programme to train expert 
witnesses in the new GDPR requirements which proved highly popular. 

Investment Banking, through the AMT business, suffered from difficult 
trading conditions in Asia Pacific. These were, however, partly offset by 
better performance in Europe and North America where the business 
showed a good level of recovery from the challenges of the previous 
year. The new management team that we have in Asia Pacific has 
made encouraging progress and we have seen improving trading 
performance in that region towards the end of the financial year.

Overall across the division, despite the revenue reduction, operating 
profit was healthier with an absolute and organic growth of 2% to £6.2m 
(2017: £6.1m). Operating margin was up slightly to 18% (2017: 17%). 
The improvement in operating profit represents a number of factors 
including cost savings in Accountancy, where the combination of the 
Mercia and SWAT accountancy businesses allowed a more efficient 
use of resources such as training facilities. In addition, savings from 
closure of the loss-making Ark businesses offset the increased costs 
of the new divisional management.

Unallocated central overheads
Unallocated central overheads represent board costs and head 
office salaries as well as other centrally incurred costs not recharged 
to the businesses. These decreased by £0.1m to £3.8m (2017: £3.9m). 
The reduction related to lower bonus provisions offset by the higher 
office space costs incurred by the central team. 

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategy

Maximising Wilmington’s 
opportunities

1
To accelerate 
growth through 
our knowledge 
based model

Read more on page 19

2
To build a truly 
international 
business

Read more on page 20

3
To create a fully 
digital enterprise

Read more on page 21

Our strategy is to further develop our business 
into a knowledge based model and structure 
focusing on serving the needs of chosen 
communities with an overall objective of 
becoming a single integrated international 
business. This business structure will maximise 
Wilmington’s opportunities to help its clients 
and communities meet their information, 
education and networking requirements 
as well as drive operational efficiencies. 

We set out three strategic objectives 
that aim to achieve this and in so doing 
increase shareholder value. 

18

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic Report1
Accelerate

To accelerate growth 
through our knowledge 
based model

Strategy in action
The relocation of around a third of our 
workforce to a single office space has 
provided a platform for more effective 
and dynamic collaboration between 
teams, and has created a professional 
environment for us to engage with 
our clients.

Progress 2017–2018
•  Continued the deployment of common digital platforms 
across the Group. Five businesses now live on Totara© 
and twenty one businesses live on Salesforce©. 

•  Undertook integration of UK healthcare assets including the 
recently acquired HSJ into a single UK healthcare business. 

•  Created the Professional division through the integration of 

the previous legal and financial divisions. 

•  Closed Ark, the legal practice support business to improve 
the focus on our core business. Decided to sell ICP credit 
referencing business for same reason. 

•  Moved 300 London based staff into a single office to 

accelerate collaboration between teams.

•  Developed Vision 2020 framework to provide 6 key 

workstreams aimed at accelerating growth.

Focus 2018–2019
•  Ensure agreed milestones for all Vision 2020 workstreams 

are met throughout 2018-2019.

•  Progress deployment of Totara© and Salesforce© to enhance 

the benefits achieved.

•  Launch overhauled New Product Development framework 

to accelerate innovation.

•  Launch new APMi product in France.

•  Develop new products to enhance offering to risk 

& compliance communities.

•  Complete UK Healthcare integration and deliver benefits.

• 

Integrate Mercia and SWAT accountancy businesses.

•  Launch new leadership development programme to improve 

management effectiveness and cohesion. 

•  Create internal communications initiatives to inform 
and engage workforce on Vision 2020 progress.

Successful implementation will achieve
•  Enhanced client satisfaction.

•  Stronger and deeper customer relations. 

• 

Improved employee engagement.

•  Organic revenue and profit growth.

19

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategy continued

2
Build

To build a truly 
international business

Progress 2017–2018
•  Acquisition of Interactive Medica to enhance our pan 

European healthcare business.

•  Launched RISE Academy in North America to enhance 

our US healthcare community offer.

•  Extended geographic footprint of compliance business 

through new relationships in Malaysia.

• 

Invested in French healthcare business to develop local 
version of previous UK focused product.

Focus 2018–2019
• 

Integrate IM with existing healthcare business to enhance 
pan-European healthcare offering.

•  Develop international relationships in risk & compliance 

businesses to increase geographic footprint. 

•  Continue to invest in the infrastructure of our European, 
North American and Asian operations to allow for 
continued expansion.

•  Through the leadership development programme develop 

a global culture and attract talent to support these ambitions.

Successful implementation will achieve
•  Growth in International revenue as a percentage 

of total revenue.

• 

Increased ability to service clients on a global basis.

Strategy in action
We continue to extend our reach to 
international markets, with the 2018 
acquisition of Interactive Medica 
bolstering our position serving the 
European pharmaceutical industry.

20

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic Report3
Create

To create a fully 
digital enterprise

Progress 2017–2018
•  Bolstered our existing programme of digital training 
products through dedicated digital learning team. 

•  Launched Totara© as group-wide LMS. Five business 

now live on Totara©.

•  Continued the deployment of Salesforce© as group-wide 

CRM solution. 

•  Deployed Marketo© marketing technology in key online 

marketing businesses to streamline and enhance the way 
marketing teams personalise communications, qualify leads 
and generate revenues.

Focus 2018–2019
•  Expand the use of Marketo© to more businesses.

•  Deploy Salesforce© within the integrated 

Accountancy businesses.

•  Provide Totara© to more businesses. 

•  Accelerate the conversion of existing e-learning 

content onto Totara©.

•  Retire legacy LMS platforms.

Successful implementation will achieve
• 

Improved client experience.

•  Enhanced e-commerce opportunities.

• 

Increased web traffic and an enhanced visitor experience.

•  More efficient use of marketing and support resources. 

Strategy in action
Our commitment to create an effective 
digital business is being powered by 
the continued development of our 
group wide LMS platform.

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsKey performance indicators/operational measures

At a Group level, we have 
eight key financial and 
operational measures
Certain of the measures below are 
alternative performance measures 
which are also referred to elsewhere 
in the Annual Report. Where adjusted 
measures are used in this Annual 
Report they are clearly presented 
and chosen to provide a balanced 
view of the Group. These measures, 
in the opinion of the Directors, can be 
useful to readers when they provide 
relevant information on our future 
or past performance and equivalent 
information cannot be presented by 
using financial measures defined 
under IFRS.

At a divisional level 
we have a number 
of measures
At divisional level we maintain 
a number of key performance 
indicators (‘KPIs’) specific to the 
performance of each business 
within the division. Each of the 
operating divisions monitors, 
and is in turn assessed on, its 
own key performance measures. 
This year we delivered an 
improved performance against 
the majority of our divisional 
financial and operational targets. 
By continuing to focus on these 
benchmarks, we have been able 
to concentrate on mitigating the 
adverse effects of the downturn 
in some global markets and 
produce good results whilst 
establishing a more resilient 
and efficient platform to support 
future growth.

22

Organic revenue growth %

(3)%

Organic revenue growth is calculated by 
adjusting the revenue change achieved 
year on year to exclude the impact of 
changes in foreign currency exchange 
rates and also to exclude the impact of 
changes in the portfolio from acquisitions 
and disposals. This measure is used as it 
gives a comparable assessment of the 
underlying growth of the business and its 
sustainability. It also allows the Board 
to assess whether action is needed on 
other aspects of the Group such as the 
cost base. In the year to 30 June 2018 the 
organic revenue declined 3% (2017: 1%). 
This was primarily due to the challenges 
facing the UK Healthcare business and 
the decisions to rationalise the event 
portfolio at FRA and close the legal 
support business Ark. Neither of the latter 
decisions were adjusted in calculating 
the organic revenue performance as, in 
the opinion of the Directors, they present 
normal portfolio changes.

therefore the Board does not deem 
it appropriate or practical to identify 
income relating specifically to acquired 
intangible assets, so no adjustment 
is made in this respect.

Each business unit in the Group is 
assessed (and in many cases bonuses 
are calculated) on adjusted EBITA and 
margins. These adjusted performances 
are aggregated to produce the Group 
adjusted EBITA, from which finance 
charges are then deducted to give 
adjusted profit before tax, which is one 
of the Executive Directors’ bonus targets. 
We do not allocate the impairment of 
acquired goodwill or intangible assets, 
aborted or successful acquisition costs, 
material gains on disposals of fixed 
assets or the amortisation of acquired 
intangibles to our business units.

See note 1 for the Group policy 
on adjusting items and note 2 for the 
calculation of adjusted PBT. In the year 
ended 30 June 2018, adjusted PBT 
increased by 6% to £22.6m (2017: £21.4m).

Adjusted profit before tax £’m

Adjusted earnings per share p

£22.6m
+6%

20.49p
+8%

21.4

22.6

20.3

18.17

19.05

20.49

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

This measure presents trading profits 
of the Group before amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets – excluding 
computer software, impairment of goodwill, 
gains on disposals of property, plant and 
equipment (when they are material or of 
a significant nature) and adjusting items 
(adjusted EBITA), but after finance 
charges associated with Group net 
debt. Amortisation of intangible assets 
excluding computer software, and 
impairment, are non-cash technical 
accounting adjustments and therefore 
do not necessarily reflect the inherent 
value of assets, which can and often 
does appreciate. This is particularly 
the case where the value of assets has 
been enhanced as a consequence 
of management action. The Group 
integrates acquired businesses into 
existing companies over time, and 

This key measure indicates the 
underlying profit attributable to individual 
shareholders. It measures not only trading 
performance, but also the impact of 
treasury management, capital structure 
and bank and interest charges, as well as 
the efficient structuring of the Group to 
appropriately manage tax. Our business 
and financial strategies are directed at 
delivering consistent adjusted earnings 
per share growth and our incentive 
programmes are designed to support 
this strategy.

For the year ended 30 June 2018, 
adjusted earnings per share increased 
by 8% to 20.49p per share (2017: 19.05p). 
The increase was due to the overall 
financial performance achieved by the 
businesses, the efficient use of debt 
finance and falling UK and US tax rates.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportCash conversion %

105%

Adjusted EBITA margin  
(‘return on sales’) %

20.1%

Consistent and sustainable  
revenue streams %

76%

108

114

105

20.8

19.4

20.1

75

77

76

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

Cash conversion represents the 
operating cash flow for the year as 
a percentage of adjusted operating 
profit before interest and amortisation. 
This measure is used as an indicator 
of successful stewardship of cash 
resources as well as corroboration of the 
quality of the operating profits compared 
to the associated cash flow. The Group’s 
business is strongly cash generative; 
cash conversion for the year ended 
30 June 2018 was 105% (2017: 114%). 

Adjusted EBITA margin or return on 
sales (‘ROS’) is defined as adjusted 
EBITA (see note 2) expressed as a 
percentage of revenue. During the year 
ended 30 June 2018 ROS was 20.1% 
compared to 19.4% in the prior year. 
This is a measure of efficiency, albeit 
also a measure reflecting the mix of 
revenue streams and business units. 
We aim to maintain adjusted EBITA 
margins at over 20.0% over a medium 
term basis.

Free cash flow1 £’m

£14.0m
-23%

Return on equity (‘ROE’) %

48.9%

17.7

18.2

14.0

46.2

48.9

41.5

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

Free cash flow is an important 
indicator of resources available for 
payment of the equity dividend and 
for support of our acquisition strategy. 
Free cash flow, which is calculated 
after deduction from operating cash 
flow of capital expenditure, payment 
of corporation tax and payment of 
interest, decreased by 23% to £14.0m 
(2017: £18.2m). We seek to maintain 
a cover of at least two times the 
equity dividend.

1 

2 

 Free cash flow – see note 29 to the financial statements. 

 Average equity attributable to owners of the parent 
– the sum of opening and closing equity attributable 
to the parent divided by two.

ROE is defined as the adjusted profit 
before tax (see note 2) divided by the 
average equity attributable to owners 
of the parent2. ROE was 48.9% for the 
year to 30 June 2018, compared to 
46.2% in the prior year. ROE adjusted 
to remove all impairment of goodwill 
and intangible assets since 30 June 2012 
from equity was 31.0% for the year to 
30 June 2018, compared to 31.6% in the 
prior year. This measure reflects our 
ability to maintain an efficient equity 
base and acts as an indicator of our 
stewardship of shareholder funds. 
When making investment decisions 
we seek to maintain the ROE at over 
30.0% pre-tax.

The disposal of non-core, predominantly 
advertising based trade magazines and 
media brands over recent years has 
allowed the Group to focus on a portfolio 
of assets based in key professional 
markets, with the emphasis on provision 
of information, education and networking 
to these markets. This push towards 
more robust and sustainable revenue 
streams has resulted in a strong portfolio 
of offerings, often sold on annual 
subscription, which includes:

•  data, information, intelligence 

and solution sales;

•  professional education, training, 

events and services;

•  professional accreditation 
and assessment; and

• 

large, industry-leading annual 
networking events.

The Group has continued to increase 
the availability and variety of its products 
and services online and digitally, but 
remains conscious of the needs of 
markets, which continue to prefer some 
products produced in hard copy format 
or in person. Our businesses are supported 
by management and delivery systems 
utilising appropriate technology. We 
have continued to invest considerable 
resources in the improvement of our 
operating systems and online services 
which will deliver benefits in the current 
year and beyond. Subscriptions and 
repeatable revenue represent 76% of 
Group revenue compared to 77% in the 
prior year. Within this, subscription and 
membership revenue accounts for 38% 
(2017: 33%) of Group revenue with the 
balance a mixture of revenue from annual 
events and revenue from customers 
who have a history of repeat purchase 
although not necessarily supported by 
formal multi-year contracts.

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCase study

Why apprenticeships 
work well for Wilmington

An apprenticeship as an enabler
“An MBA apprenticeship cements existing skills and teaches me new 
ones. Above all it is giving me self-assurance. I’ve started a two-year 
Executive MBA at Cranfield Business School to develop my leadership 
and management skills, with a specific focus on business growth 
and innovation.

In the short term, working towards an MBA will support me and my team, 
enabling us to drive significant growth within Wilmington Healthcare. 
In the longer term, I’m targeting a wider Managing Director role; 
completing a Master’s Degree Apprenticeship will equip me with 
the tools to broaden my skills and thinking.”

The Cranfield MBA is the 8th-ranked MBA in the UK, so its value isn’t 
in doubt as an ideal vehicle for ambitious, forward-thinking executives 
like Fiona.

Balancing challenges and rewards
Combining work and studies can be one of the most challenging aspects 
of continuing personal development. Fiona recognises the need to 
maintain an acceptable balance.

“Undertaking an MBA is very rewarding, I’m enjoying learning new 
things and being able to apply what I am learning to my work; interacting 
with bright energized people from different functions and sectors is 
exciting, and I feel I’m growing as a person. That said, it’s by no means 
easy carving out the time. There is a lot of work to get through, so 
planning well and saying ‘No’ to some social engagements is critical!”

For anyone interested in following the same path, Fiona has some key 
pieces of advice:

•  Be clear about what you want to achieve. Given the demands 

and the length of the course, you really need to want to do it; the 
commitment should not be underestimated. 

•  Select the training provider that’s best suited for your individual 

requirements. I strongly recommend meeting with them personally 
to ensure there is a good fit.

•  Take ownership – don’t wait for someone else to sort it for you!

As apprenticeships are becoming an increasingly 
important part of the long-term plan for enhancing skills, 
improving productivity and stimulating economic growth, 
at Wilmington we believe that they are a true win-win. 
Business units acquire stronger and broader skillsets and 
retain talent, which helps them to deliver on their strategies 
and work towards achieving our Vision 2020. Employees 
learn whilst they earn, develop their knowledge and skills, 
which helps them become valuable contributors and 
excel in their careers. With a more practical approach to 
learning, apprentices learn in classrooms as well as on 
the jobs, gain hands-on experience and typically have 
an opportunity to apply their skills immediately.

As we are anticipating different and more advanced 
types of apprenticeships to come out next year, 
Wilmington as a business wants to ensure that we 
support this important government initiative and fully 
benefit from it as a company. 

Fiona Miller – Group Events Director
“Whilst I’m proficient in my current role, I am aware of the need to 
develop if I’m to achieve my career aspirations. An MBA apprenticeship 
cements existing skills and teaches me new ones; above all it is giving 
me self-assurance.”

Fiona Miller is not your typical apprentice. She’s a highly capable senior 
leader with a well-established career spanning more than two decades.” 
What exactly is her motivation for deciding to enrol in the new UK 
government apprenticeship scheme?

Looking beyond the current role
Fiona moved to Wilmington with the acquisition of HSJ in February 2017. 
In her role as Events Director at Wilmington Healthcare (WHC), she leads 
a successful B2B commercial-events unit and sits on the executive team. 
Since joining Wilmington, her role has expanded to include three other 
event portfolios.

WHC Events provide critical healthcare intelligence and access to 
senior healthcare leaders through high-quality event experiences. 
WHC events support the UK National Health Service, pharmaceutical 
companies and the private sector in improving patient outcomes and 
delivering NHS reform.

“Whilst I’m proficient in my current role, I am aware of the need to develop 
if I’m to achieve my career aspirations,” says Fiona. “I’ve identified that 
I need to develop my leadership and team-working style as well as 
identifying how I can enhance my personal effectiveness.”

24

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportEloise Hardy – HR Assistant
“Wilmington is serious about developing people and helping them 
be the best they can. Everyone is encouraged to contribute ideas for 
improvement; it’s an important part of the way we work, as it means we 
all have a say in enhancing our roles.

I am studying units that cover various sectors of HR; having an 
increased knowledge of all of these will help both me and the business 
as I’ll be able to provide a better service to the colleagues who are my 
customers. I am also becoming confident about managing situations 
ethically and in accordance with employment law.

In addition I’ll also have a greater understanding of the way Wilmington’s 
business works. As a result, I’ll be better equipped to assist the business 
through our HR strategy, and to ensure we’re working in alignment with 
Wilmington’s mission and vision.”

Fitting everything into a 24-hour day
Eloise is already kept extremely busy in her job as it is, and she admits it’s 
sometimes a struggle to manage her time. She reports that her manager 
and team members are extremely supportive and provide help when 
she needs it, either with the apprenticeship or by sharing workload.

What advice would Eloise give other people who are considering 
becoming apprentices? 
“My advice would be to do it! Learning whilst in employment is fantastic; 
you can apply what you are learning to your job, and you really see how 
you can make a difference with your newly acquired knowledge! I’m 
really looking forward to developing my career at Wilmington.”

“I was on a mission,” says Eloise Hardy, HR Assistant at Wilmington 
Shared Services. “I wanted to get into HR, and it took me longer than 
I expected, but I believe that you should never give up on your dream.” 
Which is why, after four years in the recruitment sector, she was 
delighted to be offered a job at Wilmington, joining a team of four 
and working in the company’s UK offices in Basildon.

Learning is all part of a day’s work
The Shared Services team is responsible for the end-to-end employee 
cycle of all Wilmington businesses, including creating contracts, 
on-boarding new starters, processing leavers, administering sickness 
absence, parental leaves and benefits, among other things. 

Since Eloise joined Wilmington in October 2016, she hasn’t stopped 
learning. She’s extremely grateful for the opportunities she’s had to 
extend herself; these include learning about new HR legislation that 
affects Wilmington businesses. She’s worked with colleagues in the 
United States to gain experience of U.S. employment best-practice 
and to acquire situational management skills.

“I can say without doubt that my workplace learning has helped me 
in life outside the office,” says Eloise. “I work closely with people at all 
levels in the company, which means finding the right approach for each 
of them. Learning how to deal with some difficult situations isn’t just a 
work-related skill. It also makes a real difference to my personal life.”

What’s the appeal of an apprenticeship?
“Since day one, I’ve been keen to enhance and develop my HR knowledge 
and skills,” she continues, “so when I was offered a chance to enrol in 
the new government apprenticeship scheme, I took it immediately.

It’s definitely the best decision I have made, as I’m now doing a Level-3 
HR Business Support Certificate Apprenticeship, applying the best 
practice and knowledge I’m learning to my role, and becoming a more 
effective HR Practitioner.

Learning whilst in employment is 
fantastic; you can apply what you 
are learning to your job, and you 
really see how you can make a 
difference with your newly 
acquired knowledge.

25

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsSustainability report

Making a positive impact

Wilmington strives to achieve sustainable business growth underpinned by an ambition to maximise the potential 
of our people and products, whilst simultaneously fulfilling our responsibility to reduce our environmental impact.

People
We seek to employ a workforce that reflects the diversity of our 
customers and the communities we engage with. We also seek to echo 
the ambition of our training businesses within our own workforce, by 
looking for new and engaging ways to develop individuals and teams 
within this workforce. Both of these aims are supported by the two key 
objectives of our equal opportunities policy: eliminating discrimination 
and providing opportunities for development.

We uphold the commitment in this policy to ensure our workplaces 
are free from discrimination on the grounds of disability, gender 
reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, race, religion or belief, 
gender and sexual orientation. In April 2018 the Group voluntarily 
published its gender pay gap statistics as a demonstration of its 
commitment to reducing this gap in the future and to increase the 
number of women in top and leadership positions. Significant progress 
has already been made towards implementing the four key initiatives 
designed to drive improvements in this area:

Initiative

Status at 30 June 2018

Introduce technology that 
promotes flexible working, 
enabling more parents to 
extend their careers

Laptops provided to all employees 
and increased use of webinars, 
video calls and meetings. 

Implementation of cloud based file 
storage for easy remote access to 
working documents.

Review and enhance the UK 
maternity policy

New enhanced policy published 
and in effect from April 2018.

Launch a Company-wide 
women’s network

Develop a mentorship 
programme where 
senior leaders mentor 
female colleagues

Network launched in June 2018, 
with head of the Remuneration 
Committee chairing the first event.

Questionnaire distributed to identify 
mentors and mentees to participate 
in the programme.

We strive to provide all our employees with opportunities to grow 
and develop whilst at Wilmington. During the year we have taken a 
holistic approach to people development, from providing formal training 
programmes in management and sales, to broadening employee 
knowledge of topical issues through lunchtime seminars. Additionally, 
following a comprehensive review of the UK property portfolio in the 
prior year, we have put greater emphasis on improving the quality of 
the working environment in our offices, including a hot desking initiative 
at the head office, and increasing the number of informal working 
spaces in a number of locations to encourage activity based working 
and greater creativity, collaboration and socialising between teams.

26

Opportunities to develop 2018

Lunch and learn
Throughout the year the learning and development team invited 
a range of speakers to run training and development lunches at 
the London head office. These were designed to enhance 
knowledge of different business areas and to provide key skills 
training. The lunches were open to all and were attended on 
average by 38 employees per week. 

Apprenticeships
Since the implementation of the Apprenticeship Levy in April 2017, 
Wilmington has taken on seven apprentices to train in a range of 
vocations across the business. The positive impact of the scheme 
on the apprentices and the wider business community is explored 
in the case studies on pages 24 and 25.

People management programme
With an aim to enhance the management skills of key business 
managers at a range of levels, 53 managers from across all 
business units were engaged in a four-module programme, 
with a further 77 enrolled to start the course in the new year.

Sales masterclass series
55 sales professionals from across all of the Group’s businesses 
completed a suite of five masterclasses focusing on sales skills, 
with the programme set to launch again in the new financial year.

Read more about our apprenticeships on page 24

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportEnvironment
The Board recognises that the utilisation of energy, paper, print 
and production technologies, combined with waste generation, has 
an environmental impact. It is therefore committed to reducing the 
magnitude of this impact and to transitioning to sustainable materials 
and methodologies wherever there is opportunity to do so. It also 
seeks to provide facilities for all employees that enable them to reduce 
their own impact on the environment, not only during the working day 
but also when travelling or communicating between locations.

Environmental policies
•  Meet or exceed the requirements of current environmental 

legislation that relates to the Group.

•  Minimise energy and water usage in our buildings and vehicles 

and minimise waste.

•  Apply the principles of continuous improvement in respect of air, 
water, noise and light pollution from our premises, and reduce 
any impacts from our operations on the environment and 
local community.

•  As far as possible, purchase products and services that do the 
least damage to the environment and encourage others to do 
the same.

•  Ensure environmental and energy performance issues are 

considered in the acquisition, refurbishment, design, location 
and use of buildings.

•  Assess the environmental impact of any new processes or 

products we intend to introduce in advance.

•  Ensure understanding of our environmental policy and set 

and monitor KPIs for our environmental performance annually.

Resource use
Paper
Source: a chain of custody certified suppliers to ensure only sustainable 
raw materials are used in production.

Production: at mills with ISO 14001 accreditation and environmental 
management system (‘EMAS’) registration.

Printers
Supplier standards: major print suppliers are ISO 14001 certified or work 
to this as minimum. The Forest Stewardship Council is recommended for 
the endorsement of Forest Certification. All our printers work digitally 
facilitating reduced transport, courier and energy utilising activities.

Packaging
Magazine packaging: recyclable polythene with a thickness of 25 microns, 
or exo-biodegradable and potato starch forms of polythene.

Offices
The Group’s activities are primarily based in office accommodation, 
where these policies are endorsed to promote good working practice 
around environmental issues. For example, there are facilities to 
encourage recycling of materials and the correct disposal of electrical 
equipment and printing waste, in compliance with the Waste Electrical 
and Electronic Equipment Directive.

Travel
The introduction of video conferencing technology in the Group’s 
offices has significantly reduced the requirements for travel, particularly 
when dealing with overseas offices and clients. The success of training 
webinars has also seen the additional benefit of reducing delegate travel 
to venues. Wilmington is also continuing its cycle incentive incorporating 
the Cycle to Work scheme which is within the guidelines of the 
government’s green travel plan. As part of the scheme Wilmington 
provides employees with a loan for cycle and safety equipment up to 
a maximum of £1,000. To further support the cycle scheme, the new 
head office location offers enhanced cycle storage, maintenance 
equipment and washroom facilities for cyclists.

Greenhouse gas emissions reporting
The release of greenhouse gases (‘GHG’), notably carbon dioxide (‘CO2’) generated by burning fossil fuels, has an impact on climate change 
which, either directly or indirectly, presents considerable risks both to the business and the planet. The Group is committed to monitoring 
and, where practically possible, reducing its GHG emissions.

Global CO2 emissions data

Emissions from:
Scope 1 – direct CO2 emissions
Scope 2 – indirect CO2 emissions

Total emissions

CO2 ratio (thousand tonnes of CO2 per employee)

30 June 2018
Thousand 
tonnes
 of CO2e

30 June 2017
Thousand  
tonnes
 of CO2e

Improvement in 
the year

72

440

512

0.58

79

553

632

0.73

9%

20%

19%

21%

Methodology
Wilmington’s GHG emissions were calculated with the assistance of a specialist third-party provider using activity data from the 
Group’s management accounting system (verified by third-party supplier invoicing), and emission factors from Defra’s Conversion 
Factors for Company Reporting 2014 for converting energy usage to carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) emissions. The Group followed 
the methodology in the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition). The analysis has used an operational 
control approach. This means that certain sites which have a service agreement for utilities have not been included in the footprint.

This assessment takes into account all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Reports) Regulations 2013.

27

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsThe Group’s strategy is to increase our international footprint. 
However, in the year, revenue from UK customers increased to 
£72.0m or 59% of total revenue (2017: £68.6m or 57%). The change 
primarily reflects the full year impact of HSJ, which serves mainly 
UK based customers.

Operating expenses before adjusting items, 
amortisation and impairment
Adjusted operating expenses, i.e. before adjusting items, amortisation 
of intangible assets (excluding computer software) and impairment, 
were £97.5m (2017: £97.0m), up 1% or £0.6m. The analysis is, however, 
significantly affected by acquisitions and closures, which added a net 
£2.5m, with costs from acquisitions adding £3.9m to the costs, offset 
by a £1.4m decrease from the closure of Ark.

Within adjusted operating expenses, employee costs (salaries and 
bonuses, social security and pension costs and share based payments), 
were down £0.2m overall at £50.0m (2017: £50.2m), whilst non-employee 
costs increased £0.7m to £47.5m (2017: £46.8m). 

After adjusting for acquisitions and closures, employee costs reduced 
by £1.9m during the year. The reduction included a decrease in bonuses 
of £1.2m and a £0.7m net decrease in salaries due to headcount reductions 
(including £0.3m related to the rationalisation of FRA) offset by inflationary 
increases for existing employees. The headcount reductions reflected 
planned departures as a result of a number of restructuring programmes 
including the outsourcing of the IT function. It also reflected the outcome 
of cost reduction actions that we undertook in the year to reflect the 
in-year revenue performance which included restrictions on new hires 
and delayed replacement of vacancies. Of the cost reductions, we 
anticipate that around half of the bonus reduction and a similar amount 
of the headcount reduction will not be repeatable in the current 
financial year.

The entire increase in non-employee costs of £0.7m can be attributed 
to the impact of acquisitions and closures. The rationalisation of FRA 
courses resulted in a net saving of non-employee costs of £1.7m with 
this offset by increases including £0.3m of GDPR compliance costs, 
£0.8m of operational costs (including IT costs) for the new London 
office incurred in the second half, and general inflation increases. 

Adjusted operating profit (‘adjusted EBITA’)
As a result of these changes in revenue and adjusted operating 
expenses, adjusted EBITA was up £1.2m (5%) to £24.6m (2017: £23.4m). 
Adjusted operating margin (adjusted EBITA expressed as a percentage 
of revenue) increased to 20.1% (2017: 19.4%).

Amortisation excluding computer software
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding computer software) was 
£6.4m, compared to £6.0m in the previous year. The increase reflects 
the acquisition made in the period and a full year impact of the prior 
year acquisition of HSJ. 

Financial review

Richard Amos

Adjusting items, measures and adjusted results
Reference is made in this Financial Review to adjusted results as 
well as the equivalent statutory measures. Adjusted results in the 
opinion of the Directors can provide additional relevant information 
on our future or past performance where equivalent information cannot 
be presented using financial measures under IFRS. Adjusted results 
exclude adjusting items, profit on disposal of property, plant and 
equipment (to the extent it is material or significant in nature), impairment 
of goodwill and intangible assets and amortisation of intangible assets 
(excluding computer software). 

2018
£’m

122.1

24.6

20.1

2017
£’m

120.3

23.4

19.4

Absolute variance

£’m

1.8

1.2

%

1%

5%

Organic
variance
%

-3%

-3%

Revenue

Adjusted EBITA

Margin %

Revenue
For the twelve months ended 30 June 2018 revenue increased by 1% 
(£1.8m) to £122.1m (2017: £120.3m) or 2% on a constant currency basis. 
The Group’s major non-Sterling revenues are in US Dollars and Euros 
and on average over the period both these currencies weakened 
against Sterling. Reported revenue was also impacted by acquisitions, 
with £5.4m combined coming from the full year effect of the 2017 
acquisition of HSJ and the four and a half months that we owned 
Interactive Medica. Adjusting for this and for the fluctuations in 
exchange rates, organic revenue declined 3% overall as explained 
in the review of operations above.

28

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportEarnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share increased by 8% to 20.49p 
(2017: 19.05p), owing to the increase in adjusted profit before tax 
and a lower underlying tax rate on an essentially unchanged number 
of issued ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share was 0.25p 
compared to 14.72p in 2017 due to the fall in profit after tax.

Balance Sheet
Non-current assets
Goodwill decreased by £8.9m from £86.0m to £77.1m primarily due 
to the CLT impairment of £8.6m in the year that is described above.

Intangible assets decreased by £4.6m from £31.9m to £27.3m due to 
amortisation of £7.7m offset by £1.5m arising from the acquisition of 
Interactive Medica and other additions of computer software of £1.9m. 
These additions included £0.6m of internally generated assets and 
£0.4m associated with the investment in digital platforms, with the 
balance a mixture of off-the shelf software and upgrades to existing 
technology platforms.

Property, plant and equipment increased by £2.1m to £6.5m 
(2017: £4.4m) reflecting additions of £3.4m, of which £2.7m related 
to the fit out of the new London head office, offset by depreciation 
of £1.4m.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables were down £0.2m at £28.2m (2017: £28.4m). 
Acquisitions added £0.2m but this was offset by more efficient cash 
collection following the relocation of the Group’s credit control function 
to Basildon in the prior financial year, and the consolidation of local 
credit control functions into this new location during the current 
financial year. 

Trade and other payables
Total balances decreased from £52.3m to £51.1m. Within this subscriptions 
and deferred revenue decreased by £2.3m or 8% to £24.7m (2017: £27.0m). 
This was largely due to a £1.4m reduction in the Healthcare business, 
caused by the lower level of business activity combined with reductions 
due to the rationalisation at FRA and a change in the contracting model 
for certain digital data products. The closure of Ark resulted in a further 
£0.3m reduction, with invoicing timing differences in Axco accounting 
for the remainder. The remaining trade and other payables increased 
by £1.0m to £26.4m (2017: £25.4m) due to acquisitions and the timing 
of supplier payments.

Current tax liabilities 
Current tax liabilities decreased from £1.9m to £0.7m reflecting 
the corporation tax owed on the sale of the leasehold property 
at the previous year end which was settled during the year. 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Following a review of the goodwill being carried in relation to the Law 
for Lawyers business, CLT, an impairment charge of £8.6m has been 
made in the year to impair its carrying value to nil. CLT was acquired 
in May 1999 and the review concluded that, whilst the CLT business 
retains significant value, that value is no longer attributable to the 
goodwill from that time. 

Adjusting items within operating expenses
Adjusting items within operating expenses were £4.6m (2017: £3.5m). 
Adjusting items in operating expenses are those items that in the opinion of 
the Directors are one off in nature and which do not represent the ongoing 
trading performance of the business. These items are mainly £3.1m 
(2017: £1.0m) associated with the move into the new London Head 
Office, including associated IT restructuring costs. They also include £0.7m 
of acquisition costs (2017: £1.6m) mainly related to the acquisition of 
Interactive Medica, a £0.3m increase in deferred consideration (2017: £0.1m) 
and £0.4m in respect of restructuring and rationalisation costs which 
have been identified as meeting the Group’s criteria for adjusting items. 
In the period a further £1.1m (2017: £0.6m) of restructuring and rationalisation 
costs have been incurred which are considered to be in the ordinary course 
of business and have been included in adjusted operating expenses. 

Operating profit (‘EBITA’)
After the various adjusting items detailed above, operating profit was 
£5.0m. This was down £12.8m from £17.8m in 2017. In addition to the 
reasons described above, the reduction was also due in part to the 
one-off gain on sale of a leasehold property in 2017 of £6.3m not being 
repeated in 2018.

Finance costs
Finance costs remained constant at £2.0m. The impact of an increase 
in interest rates affecting the portion of the loan not subject to an interest 
rate hedge was offset by a £10m reduction in the debt facility which 
resulted in lower non-utilisation fees.

Profit before taxation 
After finance costs, profit before tax was £3.0m (2017: £15.8m). 
Adjusted profit before tax was up 6% to £22.6m (2017: £21.4m). 

Taxation
The tax charge was £2.8m (2017: £3.0m). The tax charge was essentially 
flat year on year despite the significant fall in profit before tax as many 
of the items that resulted in the profit reduction are not deductible for 
tax purposes and hence impacts the effective tax rate. The overall 
effective tax rate1 is 23.8% (2017: 16.4%). This rate increase is also due 
to the relatively low effective tax rate associated with the leasehold 
property disposal in 2017. These impacts have offset a natural reduction 
due to lower corporation tax rates in the UK and US. The underlying 
tax rate2 which ignores the tax effects of adjusting items decreased 
to 20.8% from 22.4% in 2017 due to the fall in UK and US tax rates. It is 
expected that this rate will decrease further in the near future as the 
impact of lower corporation tax rates in the US continues to benefit 
profit generated in that country. 

1 

2 

 The effective tax rate is calculated as the total tax charge divided by profit before tax 
after adding back impairment charges.

 The underlying tax rate is calculated as one minus the adjusted profit after tax divided 
by the adjusted profit before tax.

29

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial review continued

Balance Sheet continued
Deferred consideration
The liability for deferred consideration in total was £0.1m up on the 2017 
total liability to £2.6m. Movements during the year included an increase 
of £0.3m relating to the provisions for SWAT and Evantage offset by 
payments of £0.2m in the year in respect of Evantage.

Deferred consideration of up to €1,600,000 is potentially payable in 
relation to the acquisition of Interactive Medica over the next two years. 
This is subject to the continued employment of a key member of the 
management team and IM achieving a challenging revenue target over 
the two year period ending 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019. 
As this consideration is linked to employment any liability will be built up 
through the income statement in adjusting items in the period it relates to. 
At year end there is no liability recognised in relation to Interactive Medica.

Net debt and cash flow
Net debt, which includes cash and cash equivalents, bank loans 
(excluding capitalised loan arrangement fees) and bank overdrafts, 
was £39.6m (30 June 2017: £40.0m). Cash conversion of 105% 
(2017: 114%) was offset by acquisition costs of £2.2m and by one-off 
cash outflows related to the new London head office of £2.4m of capex 
and £3.1m of adjusting items included in the income statement. 

In support of the acquisition of HSJ the Group had increased its debt 
facility to £85.0m from £65.0m on 17 January 2017 under the accordion 
provision of the loan agreement. On 24 November 2017 this facility was 
reduced by £10.0m to £75.0m. Net debt at 30 June 2018 represented 
53% of our debt and overdraft facility of £75m. The loan facility is 
repayable on 1 July 2020. 

Derivative financial instruments 
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risks, liquidity and capital 
risks and credit risks. The Group has policies that mitigate these risks 
which include the use of derivative products such as forwards and 
swaps subject to Board approval. The Group uses interest rate swap 
contracts to mitigate part of the interest rate volatility risk. These swaps 
have resulted in an asset of £0.1m and a liability of £0.4m at 30 June 2018 
(2017: £0.7m liability). 

On 2 July 2018 the Group entered into a number of foreign currency 
transactions to mitigate possible exchange rate fluctuations on its 
current year financial results. $13.0m USD were sold forward to mature 
during the 2018/19 financial year at an average rate of $1.33 and €3.0m 
EUR were sold forward at an average rate of €1.12 with similar maturities.

Share capital 
During the year 166,099 new ordinary shares of £0.05 were issued 
in settlement of shares vesting under the Group’s Performance Share 
Plan. This resulted in an increase to the number of ordinary shares 
outstanding at 30 June 2018 to 87,414,073 (2017: 87,247,974). 

Dividend
A final dividend of 4.8p per share (2017: 4.6p) will be proposed at the 
AGM. If approved, it will be paid on 16 November 2018 to shareholders 
on the register as at 19 October 2018, with an associated ex-dividend 
date of 18 October 2018. This will give a full year dividend of 8.8p 
(2017: 8.5p) and dividend cover of 2.3 times (2017: 2.2 times). 

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer
11 September 2018

30

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportCase study

US Healthcare events – FRA 

There was a gaping hole in the 
healthcare-conference space, and 
our RISE events grew rapidly to fill it. 
When Wilmington came calling in 
2015, the timing was perfect for FRA.

Not many businesses are poised to take advantage of a market-defining 
opportunity; even fewer make the step successfully. Wilmington FRA 
is one of those that recognised and exploited just such an opening. 
Since 2001, FRA has redefined the financial- and healthcare-conference 
spaces across the US. Its eagerly anticipated events clearly meet an 
unsatisfied need among professionals looking to stay ahead and 
advance their careers.

Keeping up in times of rapid change
“In FRA’s early years”, says its Managing Director Ellen Wofford, 
“we were driven by a realisation that busy finance professionals had 
no practical way of keeping in touch with emerging trends and the 
hot topics of the day. The rapidly changing nature of financial markets 
and the complexities of regulation had people struggling to keep up; 
we aimed to fill that gap.”

Since then Ellen and her team have proven their ability to produce the 
highest quality live-event experience, differentiating FRA by maintaining 
a deep, relationship-driven dialogue with key customers. Given the 
complex nature of healthcare markets in North America, FRA’s leadership 
team was quick to draw parallels with the financial sector, and in 2005, 
the RISE conference was born. One year later, FRA established the RISE 
Association, which now boasts more than 2,500 engaged members; 
RISE is now recognized industry-wide as the number one source for 
information on risk adjustment and quality improvement within healthcare.

Traditional peer-to-peer networking
The value of FRA’s conferences lies not only in the subject matter 
on offer, but also in the opportunity for delegates to share knowledge 
and experience with other professionals, often operating in identical 
circumstances and under common constraints. Ellen learned early 
on that FRA’s RISE Nashville conference was the only place that 
professionals in government healthcare reform could go to learn 
from like-minded people.

“We capitalised on this situation through content, marketing reach and 
the creation of unprecedented networking opportunities” says Ellen. 

FRA’s success in doing just that is evidenced by the rapid growth 
of RISE Nashville, which has evolved into a five-track conference with 
over 1,300 delegates and more than 100 sponsors. Healthcare events 
now account for the bulk of FRA’s schedule and in 2018, the company 

Ellen Wofford
Managing Director, FRA

announced an extension of its RISE product line; RISE now offers fresh 
content and buzzworthy networking opportunities in alternative formats 
that include a suite of e-learning courses and certifications, customized 
in-house training, webinars and special-interest user groups.

Where next for FRA?
Ellen has a clear vision: “Our mission is to provide a community for 
professionals looking to stay ahead and advance their careers; today, 
our primary focus is on the healthcare sector. RISE is acknowledged 
as the premier community for healthcare professionals in the US who 
aspire to meet the extraordinary challenges posed by the emerging 
landscape of accountable care and government healthcare reform.

FRA’s acquisition in 2015 by Wilmington has given us access to the 
resources we need to sustain rapid growth, and my vision for FRA is 
to create a 24/7/365 engaged community.” 

RISE Nashville, now in its 12th year, is Wilmington’s largest live event 
by revenue. Sponsorship revenue saw fantastic growth in 2018 as Ellen 
and her team found innovative ways to attract new sponsors, including 
opportunities linked to FRA’s new mobile app. Last year’s event was 
completely paperless, providing a first-time opportunity to sell app 
sponsorship – a great move, as the app attracted an 89% adoption 
rate by delegates.

Meeting leadership challenges head-on
FRA’s success is no accident. It requires strong leadership 
and determination.

“I like to lead by example,” agrees Ellen. “I lead from the front by taking 
action, demonstrating what needs to be done, and keeping my team 
organised to make sure we’re all on the same page and all contributing 
equally. The most telling feedback we get is from our sponsors and 
customers; I’ll leave them with the final word.”

“People are always pumped at the end of these conferences. The premier 
thing that makes RISE conferences better than any others is the customer 
service, friendliness and flexibility of staff. Well done again this year.” – 
Mike Madden, Chief Strategy Officer, Datafied (Sponsor)

“The ability to collaborate and learn from seasoned professionals 
is unique and well suited to the needs of attendees like me who 
are new to risk adjustment.” – Brett Goff, Project Manager, 
Sunflower Health Plan (Delegate)

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business

Identifying 
and managing 
our risks

The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of risk management 
and internal controls. Risk identification, assessment and management 
is one part of the Group’s internal control environment and risk 
management is recognised as an integral part of the Group’s activities. 

The Board determines the Group’s appetite for risk when considering 
strategic objectives, and the acceptable level of risk that can be taken 
on by the Group and its individual operating entities (‘Wilmington risk 
appetite’). Wilmington’s businesses worldwide are responsible for 
executing their activities in accordance with the local risk appetite set 
by the Board, complemented by the Wilmington Code of Conduct, 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption (‘ABC’) and Modern Slavery guidelines, 
other Group policies, and values within delegated authority limits. 
The Risk Assessment covers a three year period consistent with the 
period of assessment used in the viability statement review.

Risk is assessed across the Group by the Wilmington Risk 
Committee (comprising members of the Executive Committee 
and the Group Company Secretary) which reports directly to the Board 
using a combination of structured formal interviews, monthly operational 
updates, site visits, ‘bottom up’ reporting and registers (the ‘Risk 
Assessment’). The Risk Assessment covers both external and internal 
factors and the potential impact and likelihood of those risks occurring. 
Twice per annum the Audit Committee discusses the report received 
from the external auditors regarding their audit, which includes 
comments on their findings on internal control and risks.

Risks once identified are reviewed and then incorporated into formal 
risk registers held at both a Group and an entity level, which evolve to 
reflect any reduction/increase in identified risks and the emergence 
of any new risks. Where it is considered that a risk can be mitigated 
further to the benefit of the business, responsibilities are assigned, 
and action plans are agreed.

The Risk Committee co-ordinates and facilitates the risk assessment 
process on behalf of the Board. Group policies and delegated authority 
levels which are set by the Board provide the means by which risks are 
reviewed and escalated to the appropriate level within the Group, up to 
and including the Board, for review and confirmation.

We have a clear framework for identifying and managing risk, both at 
an operational and strategic level. Our risk identification and mitigation 
processes have been designed to be appropriate to the ever-changing 
environments in which we operate.

The following chart summarises our business risk management structure.

Review and confirmation
Review and confirmation by the Board with input 
from the Audit Committee

Process
Risks and mitigation reviewed by the Audit Committee 
after validation and assessment by the Risk Committee

Ongoing review and control
There is ongoing review of the risks and the controls 
in place to mitigate these risks

Review and assessment
The Risk Committee consolidates the businesses, 
functional and group risks to compile the Group’s 
key risks

Board

Audit Committee

Executive Committee

Risk Committee

Heads of Group 
functions

Managing Directors 
(‘MDs’) of businesses

Heads of Group functions 
identify the key risks and 
develop mitigation actions

MDs of operating entities 
identify key risks and 
develop mitigation actions

32

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportRoles and responsibilities
The Board regularly reviews the Group’s key risks and is supported 
in the discharge of this responsibility by the Audit Committee, the 
Executive Committee, the Risk Committee and by the management 
of individual business units. The risk management roles and 
responsibilities of these individuals are set out below, and all these 
responsibilities have been met during the year.

1. Board
Responsibilities
•  Approve the Group’s strategy and objectives

•  Determine Group appetite for risk in achieving its strategic objectives

•  Establish the Group’s systems of risk management and internal control

2. Audit Committee
Responsibilities
The Audit Committee supports the Board by monitoring risk 
and reviewing the effectiveness of Group internal controls, 
including systems to identify, assess, manage and monitor risks.

Actions
•  Receive regular reports on external audit and other 

assurance activities

•  Receive regular risk updates from the businesses

•  Determine the nature and extent of the principal Group risks 

and assess the effectiveness of mitigating actions

•  At least annually review the effectiveness of risk management 

and internal control systems

•  Review the adequacy of the Group’s whistleblowing, 

modern slavery and Anti-Bribery and Corruption policies

3. Executive Committee and Risk Committee
Responsibilities
•  Strategic leadership of the Group’s operations

•  Ensure that the Group’s risk management and other policies 

Actions
•  Review of risk management and assurance activities 

and processes

are implemented and embedded

•  Monthly/quarterly finance and performance reviews

•  Monitor that appropriate actions are taken to manage strategic 
risks and key risks arising within the risk appetite of the Board

•  Review key risks and mitigation plans

•  Review results of assurance activities

•  Escalate key risks to Group management or the Board

•  Consider emerging risks in the context of the Group’s 

strategic objectives

•  Monitor the application of risk appetite and the effectiveness 

of risk management processes. The Risk Committee and Board 
also consider the Group’s overall risk appetite in the context 
of the negative impact that the Group can sustain before it 
risks the Group’s continued ability to trade

•  Responsible for risk identification and management within their 

divisions/area of business responsibility

•  Monitoring the discharge of their responsibilities by 

operating entities

4. Heads of the Group functions and MDs of businesses
Responsibilities
•  Maintain an effective system of risk management and internal 

Actions
•  Regularly review operational, project, functional and strategic risks

control within their function/operating company

•  Ensure sufficient resource is in place to manage the risks

•  Review mitigation plans

•  Plan, execute and report on assurance activities as required by 

entity, region or division

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

Wilmington risk appetite
The Group’s approach is to minimise exposure to reputational, financial 
and operational risk, whilst accepting and recognising a risk/reward 
trade-off in the pursuit of its strategic and commercial objectives.

As an information, education and networking provider to certain 
professional and regulated markets the integrity of the business and its 
brands is crucial and cannot be put at risk. Consequently, it has a zero 
tolerance for risks relating to non-adherence to laws and regulations 
(‘unacceptable risk’). The business, however, operates in a challenging 
and highly competitive marketplace that is constantly changing not 
just in regulation and legislation but also in terms of new technology 
and process innovation. 

It is therefore part of day-to-day planning to make certain financial 
and operational investments in pursuit of growth objectives, accepting 
the risk that the anticipated benefits from these investments may not 
always be fully realised. Its acceptance of risk is subject to ensuring 
that potential benefits and risks are fully understood and sensible 
measures to mitigate risk are established.

Principal risks
The Directors have carried out an assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group – including, in the year to 30 June 2018, those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or 
reputation. The eleven key risks and uncertainties relating to the 
Group’s operations, along with their potential impact and the 
mitigations in place, are set out below. There may be other risks and 
uncertainties besides those listed below which may also adversely 
affect the Group and its performance. In summary, our principal risks in 
the context of the strategic goals and viability review are mapped over 
a three year period as follows:

h
g
H

i

%
0
8
>

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

i

m
u
d
e
M

%
0
8
–
0
2

11

w
o
L

%
0
2
<

5

8

3

9

4

10

7

1.  Lack of organic growth 

2.  Lack of changes to regulations and legislation

3.  Recruitment and retention of high-calibre staff

4 

Intellectual property rights infringement

5.  Poorly evaluated and integrated acquisitions

6. 

 Failure or significant interruption to IT systems 
causing disruption to client service

7.  Competition across the business

8.  Technology and speed of change 

9.  Remoteness of operations and globalisation

10.  Impact of General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’) 

11. 

 Disruption to the Accountancy business on the 
integration of Mercia and SWAT

1

2

6

Low
<£m

Financial impact
Medium
£1–2m

High
>£2m

34

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic Report1. Lack of organic growth 

2. Lack of changes to 
regulations and legislation

3. Recruitment and retention  
of high-calibre staff

Strategic objective 

1   2

Strategic objective 

1   2

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Description
Wilmington’s client and customer operations 
are subject to wide-ranging laws, regulations 
and legislation, increasing operational complexity 
and heightening risk.

Description
As a people business we recognise that the 
future success of our business is dependent 
on attracting, developing, motivating, improving 
and retaining talent.

Changes to the regulatory landscape (i.e. Brexit 
and GDPR) offer opportunities for Wilmington 
to leverage its knowledge and expertise to assist 
clients and customers with the change.

A lack of regulatory change would reduce new 
opportunities for growth and demand for existing 
products and services.

This risk impacts on key risk 1.

Mitigation
We actively monitor government regulatory 
bodies and relevant committees to ensure that 
we understand the future landscape. This enables 
us to position both our existing and new products 
and services to help better deliver to our clients 
and customers.

Local plans are updated as part of the internal 
strategic planning process to enable us to respond 
quickly to market information and economic trends. 
Continual monitoring of market conditions and 
market changes against our Group strategy, 
supported by the reforecasting and reporting in all 
of our businesses, are key to our ability to respond 
rapidly to changes in our operating environment.

The implications of Brexit have been specifically 
considered on page 38.

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Mitigation
The Group HR Director is a member of the Executive 
Committee and provides leadership on succession 
planning and talent management.

The continual development of the Senior Leadership 
Team to encourage motivation and engagement 
with the business. Management Development 
Programmes, enhance the skills of executives and 
managers needed in their current and future roles.

Just as importantly, the Group operates a 
meritocratic culture where everyone can maximise 
his or her potential.

The recent move to our new head office in Central 
London and other initiatives being undertaken to our 
premises across the Group has markedly improved 
the environment in which our employees work.

The Group operates a competitive remuneration 
package that is enhanced by share plans for certain 
Senior Management. The Executive Committee, 
together with the Board, is exploring the potential 
to introduce an SAYE scheme for UK employees 
to further align the interests of employees 
and shareholders.

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Description
New products are critical to our organic growth 
and underpin our ability to maintain acceptable 
margins and best in class returns over the long term.

Failure to invest in our businesses, or for those 
investments to not deliver an acceptable rate of 
return, jeopardises the ability of the Group to grow.

Mitigation
New product development (NPD) best practice is 
shared between the entities in the Group and return 
on investment of past and future innovation projects 
is tracked. This ensures that the collective experience 
and expertise of the Group can be utilised to 
maximum effect.

A new NPD framework is in the process of being 
implemented. The framework is designed to i) 
encourage more innovation ii) improve the design 
and likelihood of success of NPD and iii) to formalise 
the governance over NPD and other revenue 
generating initiatives.

Depending on the size of the initiatives, Board approval 
is required, ensuring that the Group’s significant 
projects are aligned to the overall strategy. 

Workforce quality and retention is a central objective. 
This focus ensures that intangible resources stay 
and grow within the business.

Innovation is encouraged and fostered throughout 
the Group via the Senior Leadership Team and the 
Wilmington Awards.

Wilmington’s emphasis on efficient internal controls, 
high ethical standards, the deployment of high-quality 
management resources and the strong focus on 
quality control over products and processes in each 
operating business help protect us from product 
failure, litigation and contractual issues.

Our strategy of diversifying our service offering, 
focusing on our client communities and geographic 
spread mitigates the impact on the business of 
economic downturns and weak market conditions 
in specific geographies, but these factors cannot 
entirely mitigate the overall risk to earnings. To 
manage these risks, we continually focus on our 
product development and pipeline. 

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

4. Intellectual property 
rights infringement

5. Poorly evaluated 
and integrated acquisitions

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

1   2

Description
Protection of our intellectual property builds 
competitive advantage by strengthening barriers 
to entry. Our intangible resources include data, 
processes, technological know-how, branding 
and our workforce.

Description
The identification and purchase of businesses which 
meet our demanding financial and growth criteria 
are an important part of our strategy for developing 
the Group, as is ensuring the new businesses are 
rapidly integrated into the Group.

Intellectual property rights are integral to the 
Group’s success.

Mitigation
We take a zero tolerance approach to any intellectual 
property infringement and will take all necessary 
action to enforce our rights.

Wilmington’s policy is to litigate against any 
infringement of our intellectual property rights.

Operating businesses are actively encouraged to 
develop and protect the know-how in local jurisdictions.

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Mitigation
We acquire businesses whose technology and 
markets we know well. The Executive Committee 
together with individual Managing Directors are 
responsible for identifying acquisitions in their 
business sectors, subject to Board approval. We 
deploy detailed post-acquisition integration plans 
and monitor the execution of integration as it develops.

Thorough due diligence is performed by a 
combination of in-house and, where needed, 
external experts to ensure that a comprehensive 
appraisal of the commercial, legal and financial 
position of every target is obtained.

Incentives are aligned to encourage acquisitions 
which are value-enhancing from day one.

The Board receives a full investment plan and a 
post-acquisition integration plan well in advance 
of any transaction for approval.

Change since 2017
Reduced risk  

6. Failure or significant 
interruption to IT systems causing 
disruption to client service

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Description
Major failures in our IT systems may result in client 
service being interrupted or data being lost/
corrupted causing damage to our reputation and/or 
a decline in revenue. 

There is a risk that a cyber attack on our 
infrastructure by a malicious individual or group 
could be successful and impact critical systems 
used across the Group. 

Mitigation
During the year we initiated the migration of all our UK 
IT infrastructure to a UK based third-party specialist. 
In doing this we have transformed our IT Services to 
improve the experience for our global workforce in 
21 offices. We have consolidated four IT support 
functions into one, introduced 24/7 support for all 
staff, and standardised our approach to business 
continuity. A shared hosting facility for our internal 
systems, giving us Tier 3 and ISO 27001 data centres 
for extra security and a common disaster recovery 
position, has also been introduced. Over 90% of our 
workforce is now benefiting from the new services. 
This initiative to outsource IT has not only strengthened 
our systems and increased efficiency but has enabled 
improved communication, work station flexibility and 
remote working as well as reducing our office property 
requirements. The new structure, whilst improving 
business continuity protection, also offers flexible 
working for our people which in turn helps with talent 
attraction and retention. 

Separately, and as appropriate, we provide and 
assist operating entities with strategic IT needs 
and to ensure adequate IT security policies are 
used across the Group. We carry out regular IT 
audits and we have comprehensive IT systems 
monitoring in place. We have a comprehensive IT 
induction for employees to ensure they are aware 
of security risks and how to combat them.

Specific back-up and resilience requirements 
are built into our systems and we are increasingly 
becoming more cloud based. 

Our critical infrastructure is set up so far as is 
reasonably practical to prevent unauthorised 
access and reduce the likelihood and impact 
of a successful attack.

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are 
in place and are assessed continually to ensure that 
they cover the residual risks that cannot be mitigated. 
We are constantly reviewing our resilience to cyber 
security attacks due to the increasing threat.

During recent years, the Group has outsourced the 
hosting of all websites improving resilience, efficiency 
and scalability.

Change since 2017
Reduced risk  

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

36

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic Report7. Competition across 
the business

8. Technology and speed 
of change

9. Remoteness of operations 
and globalisation

Strategic objective 

1   2

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

  2   3

Description
A key operational risk emanates from the 
remoteness of operations from head office and 
the increasing global spread of our businesses. 

There is a currency risk from operating in a large 
number of countries.

Mitigation
Control is exercised locally in accordance with 
the Group’s policy of autonomous management. 
We seek to employ local high-quality experts.

The Group’s acquisition model ensures retention 
of management and staff in acquired businesses 
meaning that local expertise is maintained.

Divisional Managing Directors ensure that overall 
Group strategy is fulfilled through an ongoing 
review of the businesses. The right balance between 
autonomy and adherence to the overall objectives 
of the Group is a key function of the Divisional 
Managing Directors.

We manage currency risk in local operations through 
natural hedging, forward currency contracts (held in 
the centre) and by matching revenue and costs in 
the same currency.

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Description
The markets in which we operate are highly 
competitive. The competition constantly challenges 
the boundaries of technological advances, regulation 
and legislation in seeking to gain an advantage. 
Competition could lead to a reduction in market 
share and/or a decline in revenue. 

Mitigation
Our focus is on retaining existing clients as well 
as engaging with new clients. Our service offering 
continuously evolves and improves to meet the 
changing needs of our clients.

To remain competitive in all markets, we continue 
to promote and differentiate our strengths whilst 
focusing on providing the quality of service that 
our clients require.

We continue to invest in the development of client 
relationships globally and associated systems to 
support our client service offering. By empowering 
and resourcing innovation in local operations to 
respond to changing market needs, the potential 
adverse effects of competition can be mitigated 
and growth can be maintained.

The Group operates in specialised global niche 
markets offering high barriers to entry.

Change since 2017
Same risk 

Description
Digital and technological transformation is now 
moving at a fast pace across the globe, disrupting 
value chains and transcending the traditional ways 
of conducting business. 

Digitalisation is compelling our clients and customers 
to revisit their business models increasingly shaped 
by the digital world. Although digital and technological 
transformation offers Wilmington boundless 
possibilities for growth and value creation, it 
comes with its own set of challenges and risks.

Mitigation
Development of new products is key to our growth 
and investment is given in areas that promote high 
growth (i.e. compliance). 

We have made further progress in developing 
products for the evolving digital learning market. 
Wilmington, like its larger competitors is positioning 
itself to take advantage of rapidly changing client 
demands and is investing, as well as in its existing 
digital areas, into blended digital learning solutions, 
courses and packages.

In our operational decision-making process, we are 
increasingly taking a ‘digital first’ approach to new 
training product launches and in support we have 
invested significant resource in setting up and 
developing the next generation of digital training 
products and learning support systems. 

During 2017/18 we have continued to invest in Totara©, 
the group wide Learning Management System (‘LMS’), 
that we started implementing in the previous year. 
Totara© integrates with other key systems such as 
SalesForce© and our new automated marketing system 
Marketo© and provides the end to end platform for all 
our products facilitating an ambitious and ultimately 
seamless roll out of new digital training product.

We have launched Totara© to five business units 
(as well as internally for our own employees) and 
now have 130 courses live with over 10,000 users. 
Over the next financial year we expect to complete 
the rollout of Totara© to the remaining business units 
and hence retire all of our legacy LMS platforms. 
We expect to extend Totara© to other businesses 
across the Group and also to expand the number 
and ranges of courses provided. Providing blended 
online learning and face-to-face training remains a 
key element of our strategy. 

Change since 2017
Same risk  

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

10. Impact of General Data 
Protection Regulation

Strategic objective  3

Description
The General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’) is 
the most significant revision of data privacy legislation 
ever seen in Europe providing a much more rigorous 
framework for the management of personal data. 
There are significant penalties for failing to comply. 

In an increasingly data-driven world, it places the 
individual at the heart of controlling their information 
and has a far-reaching effect on how we and our 
suppliers and customers manage and document 
our personal or contact data. 

Mitigation
Wilmington’s Data Protection Officer has run an 
extensive GDPR readiness programme in the two 
years running up to the implementation of GDPR, 
working with Wilmington’s Group Head of Marketing 
as well as external legal and technology specialists. 

We continue to embed GDPR throughout the 
business, led by a Steering Group with representation 
from all divisions and functions, reporting to the 
Board on a regular basis.

Change since 2017
Reduced risk 

11. Disruption to the 
Accountancy business on the 
integration of Mercia and SWAT 

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Description
A key strategic objective during the forthcoming year 
is the full integration of the Accountancy businesses.

Accountancy, whilst under a single management 
team, still has two separate organisations inherited 
from its Mercia and SWAT heritage.

The integration is heavily dependent on the effective 
and timely integration of business systems.

Mitigation
Plans are well developed for these two organisations 
to fully integrate over the course of the next twelve 
months so that accountancy clients in the UK can be 
provided with a single integrated service.

This plan has been carefully developed using both 
in-house and external expertise so as to minimise 
any disruption to clients.

The Executive Committee and management in the 
business monitor the progress of the integration 
through updates provided during regular meetings.

Contingency plans are established in the event 
of any issues or delays during the integration.

Change since 2017
New risk

Removal of a risk
In the June 2017 Annual Report, a key risk 
relating to ‘Disruption around the London 
Office move’ was included. On 2 January 2018 
the new centralised London office officially 
opened. This office houses 300 of our London 
based staff and consolidates our London office 
requirements. This investment represents an 
important step in improving collaboration and 
moving to the objective of a ‘One Wilmington’ 
culture. The move went well and the business 
is now firmly established in the new office. 
Consequently, this risk has been removed.

Brexit implications
As a predominantly UK based business, 
we will naturally be impacted by Brexit in 
whatever form that takes. The majority of our 
business is conducted within the country of 
origin, and this does protect us against some 
of the major uncertainties around future 
cross-border trade. The Board is assessing 
the potential impacts and considering the 
implications in event of a ‘no deal’ position. 
The main impacts are expected to be changes 
in regulatory and tax frameworks, currency 
fluctuations and potential impacts on demand 
for business in certain areas. In respect of the 
last of these, our current assessment is that 
the risk is balanced. There is the potential that 
Brexit will have a negative impact on overall 
customer budgets in both the short and 
medium terms due to the economic challenges 
that the changes will present. However, we 
anticipate that changes in the regulatory and 
tax regimes will offer increased demand for 
training in the professional and compliance 
areas. The potential impact on the healthcare 
sector at this stage is harder to gauge and will 
only become clearer when the path of exit is 
known. But as the majority of our business 
serves UK customers who are addressing the 
UK healthcare sector we believe at this stage 
that any impact is likely to be short term 
and modest.

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

38

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Strategic ReportViability statement
In accordance with C2.2. of the 2014 revision of the Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the viability of the 
Group. The Directors’ assessment was over a three year period to 
30 June 2021, taking account of the Group’s current position and the 
potential impact of the principal risks documented in the Strategic 
Report on pages 35 to 38. 

Each risk and associated risks have been considered, and where 
relevant quantified, in terms of their potential cost impact and evaluated 
against three year financial forecasts. In all scenarios (including an 
aggregation of scenarios) the review indicates no potential breach 
of banking covenants or the need to refinance the existing revolving 
credit facility. The facility is due for renewal on 1 July 2020 and in assessing 
viability it is assumed this renewal will be successfully completed.

The two banking covenants that we are required to adhere to are 
‘Senior Interest Cover’ and ‘Leverage Cover’. Senior Interest Cover is 
defined as the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated finance 
charges and must not, at any time, be less than 4.0 to 1. Leverage Cover 
is defined as the ratio of consolidated borrowings to adjusted consolidated 
EBITDA and must not, at any time, be greater than 3.0 to 1. The definitions 
included in the revolving credit facility agreement for consolidated 
EBITDA, finance charges, borrowings and adjusted consolidated 
EBITDA differ from those presented in the rest of the Annual Report 
although not in material respects.

The Directors have determined that the three year period is an appropriate 
period over which to provide its viability statement, being consistent 
with the period covered by the Group’s strategic planning process.

In making this statement the Directors have considered the resilience of 
the Group, taking account of its current position, the principal risks facing 
the business, the potential financial impact on market conditions and the 
effectiveness of any mitigating actions. The assessment considered 
the potential impacts of these identified principal risks on the business 
model, future performance, solvency and liquidity over the period.

The Board’s assessment has been made with reference to the Group’s 
current position and prospects, the Group’s strategic plan, the Board’s 
risk appetite and the Group’s principal risks and how these are managed, 
as detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 35 to 38. The strategy and 
associated principal risks underpin the Group’s three year plan, which 
the Directors review at least annually. The three year plan, including 
financing projections, is subject to sensitivity analysis which involves 
applying different assumptions to the underlying forecast both 
individually and in aggregate.

Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the next three years.

Internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and 
risk management, and for reviewing the effectiveness of these systems. 
These systems are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk 
of failure to achieve business objectives, and to provide reasonable, but 
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

In line with the Turnbull Report recommendations, the Board regularly 
reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control. 
The Board’s monitoring covers all controls, including financial, operational 
and compliance controls and risk management. It is based principally 
on reviewing reports from management to consider whether significant 
risks are identified, evaluated, managed and controlled.

Further details of principal risks are given on pages 35 to 38 and details 
of financial risks such as interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign 
currency risk are given in the financial statements in note 21.

The key features of the internal financial control system that operated 
throughout the period under review are as follows:

i) Financial reporting
The Board reviewed the Annual Report, together with the annual and 
interim results announcements. The Board also reviews and approves 
the Interim Management Statements and Trading Announcements 
(as appropriate).

The Board considered the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 
policies, critical accounting estimates and key judgments. It reviewed 
accounting papers prepared by management on areas of financial 
reporting judgment. This included a consideration of the carrying value 
of goodwill based on executive management’s expectations of future 
performance, the acquisition accounting relating to Interactive Medica, 
the impact of new accounting standards and the accounting treatment 
of the office move.

The Board considered and is satisfied that, taken as a whole, the 
Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable, and that it provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

ii) Management information systems
Effective planning, annual budgeting and monthly forecasting systems 
are in place, as well as a monthly review of actual results compared with 
budget and the prior year. The annual budget and monthly forecasts 
are reviewed by the Board. Risk assessment and evaluation takes place 
as an integral part of this process. Monthly reports on performance are 
provided to the Board and the Group reports results to shareholders 
twice a year.

Insurance cover for the Group, as well as individual operating 
companies, has been procured where it is considered appropriate.

iii) Acquisitions, disposals and treasury
The Board also discusses in detail the projected financial impact of 
proposed acquisitions and disposals, including their financing. All such 
proposed investments are considered by all Directors. The Board is 
also responsible for reviewing and approving the Group’s treasury 
strategy, including mitigation against changes in interest rates and 
foreign exchange rates.

Organisations
There are well-structured financial and administrative functions at both 
the Group and at the operating company level staffed by appropriately 
qualified staff. The key functions at Group level include: Group accounting, 
corporate planning, Group treasury, human resources, Company 
secretarial and Group taxation.

Other matters
The Group has no known issues relating to human rights or modern 
slavery matters. The welfare of all the Group’s stakeholders, including 
the community, is carefully considered to ensure that such parties are 
not adversely affected by the Group’s actions in the course of its day 
to day business.

The information forming the strategic report on pages 2 to 39 was 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their 
behalf by:

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer
11 September 2018

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsBoard of Directors

A diverse range of skills 
and experience

Martin Morgan
Non-Executive Chairman 

Pedro Ros
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer 

Paul Dollman
Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

Appointment to the Board
May 2018

Appointment to the Board
July 2014

Committee membership

Committee membership

A N R

N

Appointment to the Board
March 2018

Committee membership
None

Appointment to the Board
September 2015

Committee membership

A

N

R

Key areas of prior experience
Martin Morgan has over 30 years 
of media and B2B experience, 
having spent a large proportion of 
his career at Daily Mail and General 
Trust Plc (‘DMGT’). Martin was 
Chief Executive of DMG 
Information and subsequently 
held the position of Chief Executive 
of DMGT from 2008 to 2016. 
Prior to that, he held a number of 
senior positions at RELX Plc from 
1975 to 1989. Martin is currently 
Chairman of Signal Media Limited, 
a Non-Executive Director at City 
of London Investment Trust, a 
Non-Executive Director of Ansor 
Limited and was a Director of 
Euromoney Institutional Investor 
plc between 2008 and 2016.

Key areas of prior experience
Pedro joined Wilmington from 
Creston plc, where he was Head 
of Strategic Insight. Until June 
2012 he was Chief Executive 
Officer and then Chairman of 
TNS, a world leader in market 
information and business 
analysis and a global subsidiary 
of WPP plc. Pedro has a degree in 
Economics from the Universidad 
Autonoma de Barcelona, and 
has completed Management 
Programmes at Michigan University/
IESE and Stanford University.

Key areas of prior experience
Richard Amos joined the Board 
on 1 March 2018, becoming CFO 
on 1 April. Prior to that, over the 
last 18 years, Richard has been 
CFO at a number of listed and 
private companies operating 
primarily in the technology sector. 
Most recently he was CFO at 
AIM-listed Plant Impact plc and 
prior to that was Group Finance 
Director of Anite plc from 2009 
until its sale in 2015. He qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant in 
1991 having graduated with an 
MA in Management Studies and 
Engineering from Cambridge 
University in 1988.

Key areas of prior experience
Paul Dollman is a Chartered 
Accountant and enjoyed a 
successful career in finance as 
the Group Finance Director of 
John Menzies plc, a FTSE 250 
company. Current roles include 
Non-Executive Director of Scottish 
Amicable, part of Prudential plc 
and Audit Committee Chairman 
of Verastar, a private equity owned 
business which provides essential 
business services (telecoms, 
water and energy and insurance) 
to the small business market. Paul 
joined the Board on 16 September 
2015 and was appointed Chairman 
of the Audit Committee on 
5 November 2015.

40

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceDerek Carter
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Nathalie Schwarz
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Daniel Barton
Company Secretary 

Appointment to the Board
December 2011

Appointment to the Board
December 2011

Appointment
April 2016

Committee membership

Committee membership

A N R

A N R

Committee membership
None

Key areas of prior experience
Derek Carter was previously 
Chief Executive of Emap 
Communications for eleven 
years, where he led Emap’s 
growth into a market-leading 
mixed media business built 
on powerful information, events 
and magazine brands and its 
subsequent sale to Apax/
Guardian Media Group in 2008. 
Derek, who was previously 
Chairman of DocuGroup, a 
leading European information 
business serving the construction 
sector, is the Senior Independent 
Director (‘SID’).

Key areas of prior experience
Nathalie Schwarz was formerly 
the Commercial and Corporate 
Development Director on the 
Board at Channel 4 Television 
between 2007 and 2010 and 
was Strategy and Development 
Director on the Board of Capital 
Radio plc where she worked for 
seven years between 1998 and 
2005. Nathalie qualified as a 
solicitor with Clifford Chance 
where she worked until 1998.

Key areas of prior experience
Daniel Barton qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant in 2010, 
having worked at PwC in 
Manchester and London since 
2005. He joined Wilmington in 
April 2014 as Head of Corporate 
Reporting and was promoted 
to Deputy CFO in August 2017. 
Daniel was appointed as the 
Company Secretary in April 2016.

Committee key

A Audit Committee

N Nomination Committee

R Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Read more on page 45

41

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ report

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2018. 
The Directors’ report comprises pages 42 and 43 and the sections of 
the annual report incorporated by reference are set out below which, 
taken together, contain the information to be included in the annual 
report, where applicable, under Listing Rule 9.8.4.

Board membership 

Dividends 

Directors’ long term incentives 

Corporate governance report 

Future developments of the business of the Group 

Employee equality, diversity and involvement 

Events after the reporting period 

Subsidiaries of the Group 

Financial risk management 

pg 40

pg 42 

pg 52

pg 44

pg 07

pg 44

pg 42 

pg 95 

pg 99 

Notice concerning forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Although the 
Group believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of 
future performance and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties 
and actual results and events could differ materially from those currently 
being anticipated as reflected in such forward-looking statements. 
The terms ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘forecast’, ‘target’, ‘believe’, ‘should be’, 
‘will be’ and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking 
statements. Factors which may cause future outcomes to differ from 
those foreseen in forward-looking statements include, but are not 
limited to, those identified under ‘Principal Risks and Uncertainties’ on 
pages 32 to 38 of this Annual Report. The forward-looking statements 
contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date of publication 
of this Annual Report and the Group therefore cautions readers not to 
place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Except as 
required by any applicable law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims 
any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions 
to any forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect 
any change in the Group’s expectations or any change in events, 
conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

Research and development activities
The Group invests in research and development to support the 
development of its businesses which can rely on technology to deliver 
their information, education and networking services. The implementation 
of a group-wide Learning Management System (‘LMS’) was an example 
of a significant development undertaken in the year. The roll out of that 
system will continue during the forthcoming twelve months.

Political donations
No political donations were made during the year (2017: nil).

Events after the reporting period
Forward contracts
On 2 July 2018 the following forward contracts were entered into 
in order to provide certainty in sterling terms of 80% of the Group’s 
expected net US dollar and Euro income:

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $3.0m to 19 October 2018 

at a rate of 1.3192

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 16 November 2018 

at a rate of 1.1242

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 January 2019 

at a rate of 1.1222

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 15 March 2019 

at a rate of 1.3292

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 April 2019 

at a rate of 1.1190

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 17 May 2019 

at a rate of 1.3336

Sale of International Company Profile FZ LLC
On 18 July 2018 Wilmington Publishing and Information Limited (a 
wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington plc) sold the trade and assets 
of its ICP credit reporting business, including the 100% shareholding in 
International Company Profile FZ LLC, the statutory entity incorporated 
in Dubai, to its management team. The £3.0m consideration (excluding 
£0.9m of potential early repayment discounts) in respect of the sale 
will be paid in instalments over the next five years. At 30 June 2018 all 
assets disposed of as part of the transaction have been reclassified 
to held for sale.

General information
The Company is public limited and is incorporated and domiciled in the 
UK. The Company is premium listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
The Company’s registered address is 10 Whitechapel High Street, 
London, E1 8QS.

Directors and Directors’ interests
Details of the remuneration, service contracts, letters of appointment 
and interests in the share capital of the Company of the Directors who 
have served during the year are set out in the Report on Directors’ 
Remuneration on pages 52 to 65. 

Branches outside the UK
The Group operates one branch outside the UK in Singapore.

Future developments
Future developments have been incorporated in the Strategic Report 
on pages 2 to 39. 

Dividends
The Directors recommend that a final dividend for the year of 4.8p per 
ordinary share be paid on 16 November 2018 to shareholders on the 
register on 19 October 2018, which together with the interim dividend 
of 4.0p per ordinary share already paid makes a total dividend for the 
year of 8.8p (2017: 8.5p) an overall increase of 4% per ordinary share.

Executive and Non-Executive Directors offer themselves for election 
or re-election at each Annual General Meeting as a result of the Company 
deciding to adopt best practice guidelines and the 2012 UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

None of the Directors had any material interest in any contract, other 
than an employment contract, that was significant in relation to the 
Group’s business at any time during the year.

Directors’ third-party indemnity provisions
To preclude the possibility of the Company incurring expenses which 
might arise from the need to indemnify a Director or Officer from claims 
made against them or the cost associated with their defence, the Group 
has in place Directors’ and Officers’ qualifying third-party liability insurance 
as permitted by the Companies Act 2006, which has been in force 
throughout the financial year and up to the date of approval of these 
financial statements.

42

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceCorporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 44 to 48 of these financial 
statements. The Corporate Governance Report forms part of this 
Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross-reference.

Going concern
As highlighted in note 21 to the financial statements, the Group meets 
its day-to-day working capital requirements through an overdraft facility 
and a revolving credit facility which were extended on 1 July 2015 and 
are next due for renewal on 1 July 2020.

The current economic conditions create uncertainty, in particular, over:

• 

• 

• 

the level of demand for the Group’s products;

the outcome of Brexit as highlighted on page 38; and

the exchange rate between Sterling and the US Dollar and the Euro.

The Group’s budgets and forecasts, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group will 
be able to operate within the level of its current facility and covenants. 
Further details of the banking covenants can be found on page 39.

After reviewing the Group’s budget, forecasts and plans for the next 
three years, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable 
future. Therefore, they have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing these financial statements.

Annual General Meeting
A separate notice convening the Annual General Meeting of the Company 
to be held at the head office, 10 Whitechapel High Street, London, E1 8QS 
on 1 November 2018 will be sent out with this Annual Report and 
financial statements.

By order of the Board and signed by

Daniel Barton
Company Secretary
11 September 2018

Wilmington’s people
The Group’s policy is to consider all job applications on a fair basis free 
from discrimination in relation to age, sex, race, ethnicity, religion, sexual 
orientation or disability not related to job performance. Every consideration 
is given to applications for employment from disabled persons, where 
the requirements of the job may be adequately covered by a disabled 
person. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s 
policy wherever practicable to provide continuing employment under 
normal terms and conditions and to provide training and career 
development wherever appropriate.

The Group places a great deal of importance on communicating 
its plans and objectives to its employees and, where appropriate, 
consulting with them. 

Financial instruments
An explanation of the Group’s treasury policies and existing financial 
instruments are set out in note 21 of the financial statements. 

Purchase of own shares and sale of treasury shares
The Group has, in previous years, purchased its own shares and holds 
such shares in treasury. At 30 June 2018, 46,584 shares were held in 
Treasury (2017: 46,584), which represents 0.1% (2017: 0.1%) of the 
share capital of the Company.

No shares have been purchased during the year to 30 June 2018. 
The Company seeks authority from its shareholders at each Annual 
General Meeting to purchase its own shares.

On 20 September 2017 166,099 ordinary shares were issued in 
respect of the vesting of the 2014 PSP Share Awards to employees 
(including Executive Directors).

Contracts of significance with shareholders
The Company and its subsidiary undertakings do not have any contractual 
or other arrangements with any continuing shareholders which are 
essential to the business of the Company.

Takeover directive disclosures
As at 30 June 2018, the Company had only one authorised class 
of share, namely ordinary shares of 5p each, of which there were in 
issue 87,414,073 (2017: 87,247,974). There are no special arrangements 
or restrictions relating to any of these shares, whether in terms of 
transfers, voting rights, or relating to changes in control of the Company. 
The Company does not have any special rules in place regarding the 
appointment and replacement of Directors, or regarding amendments 
to the Company’s articles of association.

Under the terms of the Company’s banking arrangements, in the event 
that a person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the 
Company, the lending banks may require, by giving not less than 30 days’ 
notice, the repayment and cancellation of the facilities.

Except for share awards and options, and the banking arrangements 
described above there are no special conditions or agreements in place 
which would take effect, alter or terminate in the event of a takeover. 
Subject to various conditions, if the Company is taken over, all share 
awards and options will vest and may be exercised. Apart from the 
interests of the Directors disclosed in the Report on Directors’ 
Remuneration and the substantial interests listed on page 48 there 
are no individuals or entities with significant holdings, either direct 
or indirect, in the Company.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate governance report

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
In July 2018, the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) published the 
latest edition of the Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) which 
included a number of changes. These changes impact the guidance 
on the independence of Directors, the tenure of the Chair of the Board, 
Board and Committee composition, workforce and other stakeholder 
engagement and remuneration. The Code applies for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2019. The Board intends to assess the impact of 
the latest edition of the Code and will ensure that appropriate action is 
taken to comply with it before it applies to the Group on 1 July 2019.

The main principles of the Code provide the framework for the reporting 
model which we have used for the last two years. Our approach to: 
Leadership is described on pages 45 to 46; Effectiveness is described 
on page 46; Risk management and internal controls is described on 
page 47; Remuneration is described on page 47 and Relations with 
shareholders is described on page 47.

Wilmington has complied, for the year ended 30 June 2018, with all 
relevant provisions of the Code (except as outlined below), as published 
by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) in April 2016, and has continued 
to comply from the year end up to the date of publication of this Annual 
Report and Accounts except as outlined on page 47 with regard to its 
performance evaluation.

Composition and independence
The board reviews Non-Executive Director independence on an annual 
basis and takes into account the individual’s professional experience, 
their behaviour at board meetings and their contribution to unbiased 
and independent debate. Apart from the Chairman who was considered 
independent on appointment, all of the Non-Executive Directors are 
considered by the board to be independent.

The board consisted of a majority of independent Non-Executive 
Directors throughout the year.

Biographical details of all the current Directors are set out on 
pages 40 to 41.

Diversity
Wilmington believes that a diverse culture is a key factor in driving 
its success.

As at 30 June 2018, the Wilmington Board had one female Non-Executive 
Director, Nathalie Schwarz, representing 17% of board membership. 
The Executive Committee Members (excluding those that sit on the 
Board) and the Senior Leadership Team (‘SLT’) is split between 9 or 
38% (2017: 32%) female and 15 or 62% (2017: 68%) male. The Group’s 
employees are split between 63% (2017: 62%) female and 37% 
(2017: 38%) male.

Board evaluation and election
Ordinarily the Board undertakes a formal annual evaluation of its own 
performance and that of each individual Director. However, in light of 
the change in Chairman and Chief Financial Officer during the year the 
Board decided to defer its annual evaluation of its own performance 
and that of each individual Director. The Board intends to perform this 
evaluation in the second half of the 2018/19 financial year and will, in 
accordance with the prevailing recommendations of the Code, consider 
an external facilitation of the Board as part of this process. As in previous 
years, and in accordance with the recommendations of the Code, the 
Directors will be offering themselves for election or re-election at the 
AGM in November 2018.

Shareholder engagement
The Board regards it as important to maintain an active dialogue with 
our shareholders. Further details regarding this engagement with our 
shareholders are set out on page 47.

Martin Morgan

Chairman’s introduction
Responsibility for good governance lies with the Board. As a Board 
we are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate 
governance and understand that an effective, challenging and diverse 
Board is essential to enable the Group to deliver its strategy and long-term 
shareholder value. Further information on our strategy and business 
model can be found on pages 18 to 21.

The Board recognises the importance of setting the right tone at the 
top in order to guide our people’s behaviour and ensure that we live by 
and demonstrate the right values which in turn enable entrepreneurial 
and prudent management to deliver long-term success for the Group 
and its stakeholders. During the year we have continued to promote a 
culture guided by four core values – enabling, enhancing, collaborating 
and innovating. We fully recognise that at the heart of every successful 
organisation is a strong and healthy culture supported by a robust 
governance structure. As the custodian of Wilmington’s culture, the 
Board demands openness and transparency to maintain an environment 
in which our core values are practised by our people every day. 

We have a Code of Conduct which is readily accessible to all staff 
to support their day to day decision making. We demand the highest 
professional standards from all of our people all of the time and we 
have a zero tolerance approach to breaches of the Code of Conduct.

44

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceGovernance framework
30 June 2018

Chairman

Board: Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Chief Executive Officer

Remuneration Committee

Executive Committee: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer,  
Group HR Director and the three Divisional Managing Directors

*  Each division has at least one divisional operating board.

Divisional Operating Boards*

Length of tenure of Directors (years)
Number of complete years of service as a Director:

Martin Morgan

Pedro Ros

Richard Amos

Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman

Balance of Directors

17%

33%83+
67+

83%

Male

67%

Independent Non-Executive

Female

Executive

The Directors
As at the date of this report the Directors of the Company are:

Non-Executive Chairman
Martin Morgan

Executive Directors
Pedro Ros 
Richard Amos

Independent Non-Executive Directors
Derek Carter (Senior Independent Director) 
Nathalie Schwarz 
Paul Dollman

Leadership
The Board
The Company is controlled through the Board of Directors which, 
at 30 June 2018, comprised two Executive and four Non-Executive 
Directors. Short biographies of each Director are set out on pages 40 
and 41. The Board focuses on the formulation of strategy, governance 
and the establishment of policies, stewardship of resources and review 
of business performance.

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to 
the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’), the Companies 
Act 2006 and any directions given by the shareholders by special 
resolution. The Articles may be amended by a special resolution 
of the Company’s shareholders.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its duties 
effectively. In the financial year ended 30 June 2018, nine main Board 
meetings were scheduled and the Directors’ attendance record is set 
out on page 46.

The Board has three formally constituted Committees, the Audit 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination 
Committee, each of which operates with defined terms of reference. 
The terms of reference of the three Committees are available on the 
Company’s website www.wilmingtonplc.com. The Audit Committee, 
the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee all met 
three times during the year.

There is an Executive Committee that is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Company’s business within a framework of delegated 
responsibilities. It is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and includes 
the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Group HR Director 
and the three Divisional Managing Directors.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
The roles of the Chairman and that of the Chief Executive Officer are 
held by separate individuals and the Board has clearly defined their 
responsibilities. The Chairman is primarily responsible for the effective 
working of the Board, ensuring that each Director, including the 
Non-Executive Directors, is able to make an effective contribution and 
provide constructive comments on the business. The Chief Executive 
Officer has responsibility for all operational matters which includes the 
implementation of Group strategy and policies approved by the Board.

45

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements33
+
K
17
+
K
Corporate governance report continued

Leadership continued
Non-Executive Directors
All the Non-Executive Directors are independent of the Company’s 
executive management and free from any business or other relationship 
that could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent 
judgment. The Chairman was considered independent on appointment. 
The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing independent 
and objective judgment and scrutiny of all matters before the Board and 
its Committees, using their substantial and wide-ranging experience.

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors 
are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during 
normal business hours and at the Annual General Meeting.

Except as disclosed in note 27 in the financial statements, no Director 
has, or had at any time during the year, any interest in any contract with 
any Group company, except for their service arrangements.

All Directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of the 
Company’s affairs. Directors, in accordance with the Articles of Association 
are required to submit themselves for re-election by shareholders at 
least once every three years. However, in line with the Code, the 
Directors submit themselves for re-election every year.

Senior Independent Director
Derek Carter is the Senior Independent Director (‘SID’). His role 
as SID includes:

•  Being available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial 
Officer has failed to resolve (all requests by shareholders to meet 
during the year were fulfilled); and

•  Meeting with the other Non-Executive Directors on the Board once 
a year to assess the Chairman’s performance, taking into account 
the views of the Executive Directors.

Effectiveness
Meetings
There were nine main meetings of the Board in the year. The Board has 
a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for decision which 
it reviews periodically. This schedule includes approval of acquisitions, 
disposals and items of major capital expenditure. The Board also reviews 
the Group’s Risk Register, wider risk assessment and viability review. 
At each Board meeting the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer provide a review of the business and its performance, together 
with strategic issues arising. The Non-Executive Directors often meet 
separately from the Executive Directors usually either before or after 
Board meetings, to discuss relevant matters.

In the year the range of subjects discussed by the Board included:

•  The strategy of the Group in response to changing 

economic conditions;

•  Key business developments including the integration of the UK 

Healthcare businesses;

•  The identification and appointment of the new Chairman 

and Chief Financial Officer;

•  Review of the performance and succession plan for the Executive 

Committee and Senior Leadership Team;

•  The identification, execution and integration of acquisitions 

(including HSJ and Interactive Medica);

•  Progress of the move of the London head office;

•  The Group’s debt and capital structure;

•  The Group’s financial results;

•  Dividend policy;

•  Regulatory and governance issues;

•  The development of the Group’s people;

•  The Group’s Risk Register; and

• 

Insurance policy and cover.

In addition to the nine main meetings described above, the Board 
has two strategy meetings each year at which the Group’s strategic 
direction, viability plan and significant projects are discussed. 

Where meetings are required between Board meetings and a 
full complement of Directors cannot be achieved, a Committee 
of Directors considers the necessary formalities.

Information flow
The Chairman, together with the Company Secretary, ensures that the 
Directors receive clear information on all relevant matters in a timely 
manner. Board papers are circulated sufficiently in advance of meetings 
for them to be thoroughly digested to ensure clarity of informed debate. 
The Board papers contain the Chief Executive Officer’s and the Chief 
Financial Officer’s written reports, high level papers on each business 
area, key metrics and specific papers relating to agenda items. 
The Board papers are accompanied by a management information 
pack containing detailed financial and other supporting information. 
The Board receives updates throughout the year and occasional 
ad hoc papers on matters of particular relevance or importance.

Attendance table

Martin Morgan (Non-Executive chairman)

Mark Asplin (former Non-Executive chairman)

Pedro Ros (Chief Executive Officer)

Richard Amos (Chief Financial Officer)

Anthony Foye (former Chief Financial Officer)

Derek Carter (Non-Executive)

Nathalie Schwarz (Non-Executive)

Paul Dollman (Non-Executive)

46

Main Board
meetings
attended

Main Board
meetings
eligible to
attend

1

8

9

2

7

9

9

9

1

8

9

2

7

9

9

9

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceTime commitment
The Board is satisfied that the Chairman and each of the Non-Executive 
Directors committed sufficient time during the year to enable them to 
fulfil their duties as Directors of the Company. None of the Non-Executive 
Directors has any conflict of interest.

The main roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set 
out in written terms of reference and are available on the Company’s 
website www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/
roles-board. Details of the Audit Committee’s policies and activities 
can be found in the Audit Committee Report on pages 49 and 50.

Induction and professional development
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that induction and training 
are provided to each Director and for organising the induction process 
and regular updating and training of Board members. The Chairman’s 
training and induction on joining the Company was arranged by the 
Chief Executive Officer.

Training and updating in relation to the business of the Group and 
the legal and regulatory responsibilities of Directors was provided 
throughout the year by a variety of means to Board members including 
presentations by executives, visits to business operations, external 
presentations and circulation of briefing material. Individual Directors 
are also expected to take responsibility for identifying their training 
needs and to ensure they are adequately informed about the Group 
and their responsibilities as a Director. The Board is confident that all 
its members have the knowledge, ability and experience to perform 
the functions required of a Director of a listed company.

Access to independent advice
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who ensures that Board processes are followed and good 
corporate governance standards are maintained. Any Director who 
considers it necessary or appropriate may take independent, professional 
advice at the Company’s expense. None of the Directors sought such 
advice in the year.

Performance evaluation
In light of the change in Chairman and Chief Financial Officer during 
the year the Board decided to defer its annual evaluation of its own 
performance and that of each individual Director. The Board intends to 
perform this evaluation in the second half of the 2018/19 financial year 
and will, in accordance with the prevailing recommendations of the Code, 
consider an external facilitation of the Board as part of this process.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee and the Board seek to maintain an 
appropriate balance between the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is chaired by Derek Carter as SID and 
comprises all the Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, 
and the Chief Executive Officer. It has full responsibility for reviewing 
the Board structure and for interviewing and nominating candidates to 
serve on the Board as well as reviewing senior executive development. 
Suitable candidates, once nominated, meet with the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive Officer. The candidates are then put forward for 
consideration and appointment by the Board as a whole. The Committee 
has access to external professional advice at the Company’s expense 
as and when required.

Further details of Nomination Committee’s activities can be found 
in the Nomination Committee Report on page 51.

The terms and conditions of the appointment of Non-Executive 
Directors is made available at the Company’s registered office during 
normal business hours and at the Annual General Meeting.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed of all the Non-Executive Directors 
including the Chairman. The Audit Committee Chairman is Paul Dollman. 

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Nathalie Schwarz and 
consists of all the Non-Executives and the Chairman. It is responsible 
for recommending to the Board the framework and policy for Executive 
Directors’ remuneration. Given the small size of the Board, the Committee 
recognises the potential for conflicts of interest, and has taken appropriate 
measures to minimise the risk. The Committee meets at least twice a 
year, and takes advice from the Chief Executive Officer and external 
advisors as appropriate. In carrying out its work, the Board itself determines 
the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors. The Committee has 
the power to seek external advice, and to appoint consultants as and 
when required in respect of the remuneration of Executive Directors. 
Further details of the Group’s policies on remuneration and service 
contracts can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 52 to 65.

Risk management and internal controls
In line with the Turnbull Report recommendations, the Board maintains 
an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing significant 
risks faced by the Group. The Board regularly reviews this process, 
which has been in operation from the start of the year to the date of 
approval of this report. Further details on the key features of the risk 
management and internal controls can be found in the risks and 
uncertainties facing the business on pages 32 to 39.

Relations with shareholders
Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Directors seek to build on a mutual understanding of objectives 
between the Company and its institutional shareholders by means of a 
programme of meetings with major shareholders, fund managers and 
analysts each year. The company also makes presentations to analysts 
and fund managers following publication of its half-year and full-year 
results. A copy of the presentations are available on the Company’s 
website www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations. 
As referred to earlier, the ‘SID’ is available to shareholders if they have 
concerns which other contacts have failed to resolve.

The Chairman or one of the other Non-Executive Directors is available 
on request to attend meetings with major shareholders. Since his 
appointment on 1 May 2018, the Chairman attended a number of 
such meetings. The Board regularly receives updates on investor 
relations matters.

The Group’s website includes a specific and comprehensive 
investor relations section containing all RNS announcements, share 
price information, annual documents available for download and 
similar materials.

Constructive use of the Annual General Meeting
A separate notice convening the Annual General Meeting is being sent 
out with this Report and financial statements. Separate votes are held 
for each proposed resolution. At the Annual General Meeting, after 
the formal business has been concluded, the Chairman will welcome 
questions from shareholders. All Directors attend the meeting at which 
they have the opportunity to meet with shareholders. Details of resolutions 
to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 1 November 2018 
and an explanation of the items of special business can be found in the 
circular that contains the notice convening the Annual General Meeting.

47

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate governance report continued

Relations with shareholders continued
Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 August 2018, the Company is aware of the following interests amounting to 3.0% or more in the Company’s issued ordinary share capital:

Artemis Investment Management

Aberforth Partners LLP

Strategic Equity Capital plc

Premier Fund Managers Limited

Chelverton Asset Management Limited

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

M&G Investment Management

NFU Mutual Insurance Society Limited

Schroders plc

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Brian D Gilbert

By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Martin Morgan
Chairman
11 September 2018

Number of
ordinary shares

9,017,845 

8,798,504 

6,143,863 

5,365,000 

4,400,000 

4,135,755 

3,851,950 

3,682,512 

3,600,000 

3,244,936 

2,735,000 

%

10.32%

10.07%

7.03%

6.14%

5.03%

4.73%

4.41%

4.21%

4.12%

3.71%

3.13%

48

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceAudit Committee report

Paul Dollman

Dear Shareholder
It is my pleasure to present the Audit Committee report for the year 
ended 30 June 2018. 

Committee meetings
The Committee met three times during the year. The meetings are 
attended by Committee members and, by invitation, the Chief Financial 
Officer, Senior Management and representatives from the external 
auditors. Once a year, the Committee meets separately with the external 
auditors and with management without the other being present.

Roles and responsibilities
•  Monitoring the integrity of the annual and interim financial 

statements, the accompanying reports to shareholders and 
corporate governance statements;

•  Reporting to the Board on the appropriateness of adopted 

accounting policies and operational practices;

•  Reporting to the Board the Company’s assessment of any new 

accounting standards;

• 

In conjunction with the Board reviewing and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk-management 
systems, including reviewing the process for identifying, assessing 
and reporting all key risks, see the risks and uncertainties facing the 
business on pages 32 to 39;

•  To make recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment 
and removal of the external auditors and to approve their remuneration 
and terms of engagement;

•  To review and monitor the external auditor’s independence, objectivity 
and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration, 
relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements;

•  To develop and implement policy on the engagement of the external 
auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account relevant 
ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by 
the external audit firm, and to report to the Board, identifying any 
matters in respect of which it considers that action or improvement 
is needed and making recommendations as the steps to be taken;

•  To report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities; and

•  To oversee the whistle blowing provisions of the Group to ensure 

that they are operating effectively.

Activities of the Committee
•  Reviewed and discussed with the external auditors the key 

accounting considerations and judgments reflected in the Group’s 
results for the six month period ended 31 December 2017;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external auditors’ audit plan in advance 

of their audit for the year ended 30 June 2018;

•  Discussed the report received from the external auditors regarding 
their audit in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018; which included 
comments on their findings on internal control and a statement on 
their independence and objectivity;

•  Reviewed the Group’s whistle blowing policy, ensuring that it met 

FCA rules and good standards of corporate governance;

•  Reviewed and approved the non-audit assignments undertaken 

by the external auditors in the year ended 30 June 2018;

•  Reviewed, together with the Board, the Risk Assessment 

and Viability Review.

Significant areas
The significant areas considered by the Committee and discussed 
with the external auditors during the year were:

i) Goodwill and intangible asset impairment: 
The Committee received reports from management on the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible assets. The Committee reviewed 
management’s recommendations, which were also considered by 
the external auditors, including evaluation of the appropriateness 
of the assumptions applied in determining asset carrying values 
and the appropriateness of the identification of cash generating 
units. After review, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions 
and judgments applied by management and concluded that the 
impairment recorded for CLT was required. The Committee was 
satisfied that no other impairment of carrying values was required.

ii) Impairment of investment in subsidiary carrying values and 
recoverability of amounts due from intercompany receivables
In light of the impairment noted above the Committee considered the 
investment in subsidiary carrying values and recoverability of amounts 
due from intercompany receivables recognised in the parent company 
balance sheet and was satisfied that there were no issues arising.

iii) Revenue recognition: 
The Committee considered the inherent risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition as defined by auditing standards and was satisfied that 
there were no issues arising.

iv) Acquisition accounting:
The Committee reviewed the accounting regarding the acquisitions 
in the year and was satisfied that there were no issues arising.

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsAudit Committee report continued

External audit
The Group’s external auditors are PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. 
The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the independence 
and objectivity of the external auditors, and ensuring this is safeguarded 
notwithstanding any provision of any other services to the Group.

The Board recognises the importance of safeguarding auditor 
objectivity and has taken the following steps to ensure that auditor 
independence is not compromised:

•  The Audit Committee carries out each year a full evaluation of the 
external auditor as to its complete independence from the Group 
and relevant officers of the Group in all material respects and that 
it is adequately resourced and technically capable to deliver an 
objective audit to shareholders. Based on this review the Audit 
Committee recommends to the Board each year the continuation, 
or removal and replacement, of the external auditor;

•  The external auditors provided audit related services as well 
as formalities relating to shareholders and other circulars;

•  The external auditors may undertake due diligence reviews for 

prospective acquisitions given its knowledge of the Group’s businesses. 
Such provision will however be assessed on a case-by-case basis 
so that the best placed adviser is retained. The Audit Committee 
monitors the application of policy in this regard and keeps the 
policy under review;

•  The Audit Committee reviews on a regular basis all fees paid 

for audit, and all consultancy fees, with a view to assessing the 
reasonableness of fees, value of delivery, and any independence 
issues that may have arisen or may potentially arise in the future;

•  Different teams are utilised on all other assignments undertaken by 
the auditors. Before any such assignments can commence, teams 
must obtain approval of the Audit Committee. This approval confirms 
that sufficient and appropriate safeguards are put in place to ensure 
that auditor independence is retained; and

•  The external auditors’ report to the Directors and the Audit Committee 
confirming their independence in accordance with Auditing Standards. 
In addition to the steps taken by the Board to safeguard auditor 
objectivity, the Audit Practice Board Ethical Standard 3 requires 
audit partner rotation every five years for listed companies.

The Audit Committee give careful consideration before appointing 
the auditors to provide other services. The Group regularly use other 
providers to ensure that independence and full value for money are 
achieved. Other services are generally limited to work that is closely 
related to the annual audit or where the work is of such a nature that 
a detailed understanding of the business is necessary. During this 
year, £79,000 (2017: £197,000) was paid by the Group to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for other assurance services.

Following the adoption by the UK Financial Reporting Council of certain 
parts of the EU Regulation and Directive on Audit Reform, that govern 
permissible non-audit services provided by the auditor, the Audit 
Committee took the decision to discontinue using PwC to provide 
taxation advisory and compliance services for any work commencing 
after 1 July 2016 (including the tax services for the year to 30 June 2016).

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have remained in place as auditors for 
ten years following a tender process in 2009. As part of its review the 
Committee notes that the Group Audit Partner was rotated in 2014 and 
the current audit partner’s five year term will end in 2018. In accordance 
with EU audit legislation a tendering process will be organised for the 
provision of the external statutory audit of the Group for the year 
ending 30 June 2019. The tendering process is expected to be 
concluded in December 2018.

Attendance table

Martin Morgan 
(Non-Executive Chairman)

Mark Asplin 
(former Non-Executive Chairman)

Paul Dollman (Non-Executive)

Derek Carter (Non-Executive)

Nathalie Schwarz (Non-Executive)

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to attend

—

3

3

3

3

—

3

3

3

3

Approved on behalf of the Audit Committee by:

Paul Dollman
Chairman of the Audit Committee
11 September 2018

50

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceNomination Committee report

Derek Carter

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Board it is my pleasure to present the Nomination 
Committee report for the year ended 30 June 2018.

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

•  Review the size, balance and constitution of the Board including 
the diversity and balance of skills, knowledge and experience 
of the Non-Executive Directors;

•  Consider succession planning for Directors and other 

senior executives;

• 

Identify and nominate for the approval of the Board candidates 
to fill Board vacancies;

•  Review annually the time commitment required of Non-Executive 

Directors; and

•  Make recommendations for the Board, in consultation with 
the respective Committee chairman regarding membership 
of the Audit and Remuneration Committees.

Main activities of the Committee during the year 
and subsequent to the year end
The Committee met three times during the year to 30 June 2018. 
The key matters considered at these meetings were:

i) Board composition
Chief Financial Officer
Anthony Foye announced his intention to stand down as Chief Financial 
Officer in September 2017. Anthony performed an orderly hand over 
with his successor, Richard Amos, who joined the Board as an Executive 
Director and Chief Financial Officer Designate on 1 March 2018. Anthony 
stood down as Chief Financial Officer and as a Director of the Board on 
31 March 2018. Richard Amos, succeeded Anthony Foye as Chief 
Financial Officer on 1 April 2018. 

Chairman
Mark Asplin announced his intention to retire as Chairman in 
September 2017. Having assisted the Nomination Committee with the 
appointment of his successor and the appointment of the new Chief 
Financial Officer, Mark retired as Chairman and stood down from the 
Board on 30 April 2018. Mark was succeeded by Martin Morgan on 
1 May 2018.

The Committee used Independent Search Partnership and Inzito 
Partnership, external search consultancies, in assisting with the search 
for a successor for the Chief Financial Officer and Chairman respectively.

In addition, the Committee reviewed the composition of the Board 
including the range of skills, level of experience and balance between 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Committee also reviewed 
the membership of the various Board Committees. The Committee 
concluded that the current membership of the Board and the Board 
Committees was appropriate for the needs of the business.

ii) Succession planning
The Committee kept under review the succession plans for both 
the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the level of Senior 
Management immediately below Board level.

Attendance table

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to attend

Martin Morgan 
(Non-Executive Chairman)

Mark Asplin 
(former Non-Executive Chairman)

Pedro Ros (Chief Executive Officer)

Paul Dollman (Non-Executive)

Derek Carter (Non-Executive)

Nathalie Schwarz (Non-Executive)

—

3

3

3

3

3

Approved on behalf of the Nomination Committee by:

Derek Carter
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
11 September 2018

—

3

3

3

3

3

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report

As outlined in the Nomination Committee Report on page 51 the 
Board welcomes Richard Amos and Martin Morgan who have joined 
as Directors during the year as replacements for Anthony Foye and 
Mark Asplin as Chief Financial Officer and Chairman respectively. 
The new Directors have been hired on reward packages consistent 
with those in place previously for Anthony and Mark.

The remuneration arrangements in relation to Anthony and Mark leaving 
the business were determined in line with the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy. Details of the remuneration earned by Anthony and Mark prior to 
their departure is included in the single total figure of remuneration table on 
page 53. Information in relation to other elements is included on page 58. 

Outlook for 2019
For the current financial year: 

•  An increase of 2.0% in annual salary is being awarded to the 

Executive Directors for the new financial year, in line with base 
salary increases for the wider employee population.

•  The annual bonus potential for Executive Directors remains unchanged 
at up to a maximum of 100% of base salary dependent on key financial 
performance targets. There are clear financial targets based on the 
achievement of adjusted profit, return on equity (‘ROE’) and return 
on sales. The Committee is satisfied that these are challenging and, 
for the maximum bonus to be earned, will demonstrate significant 
improvement in the profit performance of the business. While the 
Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the bonus outcome 
if any formulaic output does not reflect its assessment of overall 
business performance, a specific profit underpin will also be applied 
to the bonus for 2019. No amount will be payable in respect of any 
element of the bonus unless the underpin is achieved, regardless 
of achievement of any other metric. The bonus underpin is set at 
a level that takes into account both external guidance and the 
Company’s budget. 

•  The quantum of PSP awards to be granted in respect of 2018/19 
will be confirmed by the Remuneration Committee in advance of 
the grant date, taking into account the prevailing share price and 
other relevant factors. The maximum award under permitted under 
the directors’ remuneration policy is 150% of salary, but awards will 
not be granted above the level of 100% of salary as regards the CEO 
and 75% of salary as regards the CFO. 

•  The Committee will continue to monitor the performance conditions 
for any future PSP awards to ensure that the conditions continue 
to be appropriate for the Company and the prevailing market and 
reflect the application of a ‘pay for performance’ philosophy in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders. The performance 
conditions for the awards in respect of 2018/19 will be the same as 
those for the awards granted in respect of 2017/18.

During 2019 we will also consider our approach to the requirements of 
the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations, which introduce 
new requirements relevant to the work of the Remuneration Committee, 
and to the revised UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Remuneration Committee recognises the benefits of encouraging 
wider employee share ownership and of incentivising and rewarding 
employees in shares to provide alignment with shareholders and supports 
the proposal to seek shareholder approval at the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting for an all employee share plan, details of which are included in 
the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Approved on behalf of the Remuneration Committee by:

Nathalie Schwarz
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
11 September 2018

Nathalie Schwarz

Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s annual statement
Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
report for the period ended 30 June 2018. To reflect the requirements 
of the remuneration reporting regulations, this report is presented in 
two sections: the Annual Report on Remuneration and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

The Annual Report on Remuneration provides details on the amounts 
earned in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018 and how the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy will be operated for the year commencing 1 July 2018. 
The Annual Report on Remuneration is subject to an advisory vote at 
the next Annual General Meeting due to be held on 1 November 2018. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy sets out the forward-looking 
remuneration policy. The Company’s most recent Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy was approved at the 2017 AGM, with over 99% of votes in favour 
of it, and took effect following the close of that meeting. No changes 
are proposed to the policy and, accordingly, shareholders will not be 
asked to vote on the policy at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. 

Review of 2018
As described in the Strategic Report section of this Annual Report, 
Wilmington’s revenue has declined by 3% on an organic basis, 
largely because of a challenging year for the Healthcare division. 
The implementation of strong cost control across the Group during the 
year resulted in the annual bonus targets being achieved in part so that 
Executive Directors would have earned bonuses by reference to the 
adjusted profit and return on sales (‘ROS’) (for Annual bonus) targets 
set. However, taking into account overall performance in the year, the 
Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to determine that 
no bonuses would be paid.

The financial performance in the last three years results in an estimated 
60.93% of the 2015 Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) vesting, as described 
below, based on the performance to 30 June 2018. While recognising 
the challenges in the year to 30 June 2018, the Remuneration Committee 
considered it appropriate to approve this level of vesting taking into 
account the performance over the whole three year performance 
period and recognising that all participants (including Pedro Ros) will 
be required to retain at least 50% of the shares they acquire (after sales 
to cover any tax liabilities) until at least the second anniversary of the 
vesting date, ensuring alignment with shareholders’ interests over a 
longer period. 

52

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceAnnual report on remuneration
Certain details set out on pages 52 to 65 of this report have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Introduction (unaudited information)
The Committee has an established policy on the remuneration of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The key principles are as follows:

•  Remuneration is directly aligned with the performance of the Group and the interests of shareholders. It is designed to reward, motivate, 

incentivise and retain Directors of the highest calibre, without paying more than is necessary.

•  A significant proportion of Executive Directors’ potential remuneration is structured to link rewards to annual and long-term Group 

performance targets, which are reviewed annually. Targets are calibrated appropriately to ensure that they cannot encourage excessive risk.

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director (audited information)
The tables below report the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by each Director during the year.

2018

Executive Directors
Pedro Ros
Anthony Foye1 
Richard Amos2

Non-Executive Directors
Mark Asplin3
Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman
Martin Morgan4

2017

Executive Directors
Pedro Ros

Anthony Foye

Non-Executive Directors
Mark Asplin

Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman

Total salary 
and fees (a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits (b)
£’000

Annual
bonus (c)
£’000

PSP (d)
£’000

367

203

91

102

48

48

48

21

35

22

10

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total salary
and fees (a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits (b)
£’000

Annual 
bonus (c)
£’000

360

266

113

46

46

46

33

29

—

—

—

—

223

152

—

—

—

—

170

65

—

—

—

—

—

—

PSP (d)
£’000

162

110

—

—

—

—

Pensions 
related 
benefits
£’000

37

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Pensions 
related 
benefits
£’000

36

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

609

290

101

102

48

48

48

21

Total
£’000

814

557

113

46

46

46

(a)  Total salary and fees – the amount of salary/fees received in the year. 

(b)  Taxable benefits – the taxable value of benefits received in the year (i.e. car allowance and private medical insurance).

(c)   Annual bonus – the cash value of the bonus earned in respect of the year. A description of performance against the objectives which applied 

for the financial year is provided on page 54. 

(d)   PSP – the value of performance related incentives vesting in respect of the financial year – further information as to the basis of the calculations 
is set out below. A description of performance against the targets which applied for the awards vesting in respect of performance in the financial 
year is provided on page 56. The PSP awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018 will vest on the third anniversary of the date of 
grant, the estimated value of the vested shares shown above is based on the three month average share price to 30 June 2018 (£2.49). The PSP 
awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017 vested on 19 September 2017 (the third anniversary of the date of grant). The value 
of the vested shares shown above is based on the share price on 19 September 2017 of £2.18; in the 2017 directors’ remuneration report the 
value included was an estimated value based on the three month average share price to 30 June 2017 (£2.54). In each case, the value includes 
the value of dividends that would have accrued on vested shares during the performance period which are paid to the participants.

1 

Anthony Foye stood down as a Director on 31 March 2018. Details of his pay for loss of office can be found on page 57.

2  Richard Amos joined as a Director on 1 March 2018 and assumed the role of Chief Financial Officer on 1 April 2018 following Anthony Foye’s departure.

3  Mark Asplin stood down as a Director on 30 April 2018. Details of his pay for loss of office can be found on page 57.

4  Martin Morgan joined as a Director on 1 May 2018 following Mark’s Asplin’s departure.

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Total salary and fees 
Total salary and fees are based on the need to retain the skills and knowledge that the Executive and Non-Executive Directors bring to the Company.

For the year ended 30 June 2018 (audited information)
Executive Directors’ salaries increased by 2.0% in 2017/18 compared to 2016/17. This increase was in line with the average base salary increases 
for the wider employee population.

For the year ended 30 June 2019 (unaudited information)
It is intended that the Executive Director salaries will be increased by 2.0% for 2018/19. This increase is in line with base salary increases 
for the wider employee population.

Annual bonus 
For the year ended 30 June 2018 (audited information)
Bonuses were subject to the Company’s performance against targets based on linear ranges of adjusted profit (excluding share based payment 
expense), ROE (for Annual bonus) and ROS, set at the start of the year, as follows:

•  Up to 60% of salary for the adjusted profit measure;

•  Up to 20% of salary for the ROE (for Annual bonus) measure; 

•  Up to 20% of salary for the ROS measure;

•  Linear scales of bonus for each metric were set at the start of the financial year;

•  Adjusted profit is profit before adjusting items, impairment of goodwill, amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software, provision 
for the Executive Directors’ bonuses, share based payments and after deducting the interest of non-controlling shareholders in such profits;

•  The profit element of ROE (for Annual bonus) is based on Adjusted Profit before Tax after adjusting items as described above; and

•  The profit element of ROS is based on Adjusted EBITA excluding share based payment expense.

The following provides the adjusted profit, ROE (for Annual Bonus) and ROS target reference points together with the outturns for 2017/18:

Adjusted profit (for Annual bonus)

ROE (for Annual bonus)

ROS (for Annual bonus)

Total

Minimum
target set

Maximum
target set

Performance
outturn

£21,660,000

£24,909,000

£23,154,000

25.0%

17.5%

27.0%

19.5%

21.7%

20.6%

Bonus that 
would have been
earned as a % of
base salary

27.6%

0.0%

20.0%

47.6%

Although bonuses would have been earned based on the achievements against the targets, taking into account overall performance in the year, 
the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to determine that no bonuses would be paid.

For the year ended 30 June 2019 (unaudited remuneration)
The Committee has agreed that the metrics used to determine the annual bonus for 2018/19 remain unchanged and the maximum bonus 
opportunity will remain at 100% of base salary. The bonus will be subject to stretching targets. As referred to in the Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s statement on page 52, an additional and specific profit underpin will also apply to the bonus for 2018/19. No amount will be payable 
in respect of any element of the bonus unless the underpin is achieved, regardless of achievement of any other metric. The Committee believes 
that the targets for the financial measures for the forthcoming financial year are commercially sensitive and that to disclose them may damage 
the Company’s competitive position. Targets will be published retrospectively in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report or at such point 
that the Remuneration Committee considers that the performance targets are no longer commercially sensitive.

54

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernancePSP 
Awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018 (audited information)
The PSP awards granted on 16 September 2015 that are due to vest on 16 September 2018 were subject to EPS growth, ROE (for PSP) and 
relative TSR performance against the FTSE SmallCap index over a three year period to 30 June 2018. The performance conditions for these 
awards were as shown in the table below:

One-third of award – average annual EPS growth in excess of RPI Percentage of award vesting
Less than 3% per annum

0.0%

3% per annum

25.0%

Between 3% per annum and 9% per annum

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

9% per annum or more

100.0%

One-third of award – ROE (for PSP)1
Less than 25.0%

25.0%

Between 25.0% and 29.0%

29.0% or above

One-third of award – TSR versus FTSE SmallCap
Below median

Median

Between median and upper quartile

Upper quartile or above

Percentage of award vesting
0.0%

25.0%

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

100.0%

Percentage of award vesting
0.0%

25.0%

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

100.0%

The table below details the Company’s performance against these objectives for the three year performance period:

Element

EPS growth

ROE (for PSP)

TSR

Total

Target range 

3.0% – 9.0%

25.0% – 29.0%

Median or above

Performance
outturn

7.6%

30.9%
91 out 157 2 

Shares
vested as
a % of
maximum

27.60%

33.33%

0.00%

60.93%

Pedro Ros will, therefore, be entitled to 60.93% of the shares over which his award was granted. Anthony Foye will be entitled to 60.93% of the shares 
over which his award was granted, as reduced to reflect his time served during the performance period as set out on page 57. Each participant will 
be entitled to a payment in respect of dividends that would have accrued on vested shares during the performance period. As noted in the statement 
from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, all participants (including Pedro Ros) will be required to retain at least 50% of the shares they 
acquire (after sales to cover any tax liabilities) until at least the second anniversary of the vesting date.

Awards granted during the year
In respect of the year ended 30 June 2018 the following PSP awards were granted on 13 September 2017: 

Name

Pedro Ros

Type of
award

PSP

Number of
shares

Face value at
grant 
£

% of award
 vesting at
minimum
threshold

171,374

394,057

25.0%

The face value is based on a price of 229.94p, being the average share price from the five business days immediately preceding the award being 
granted on 13 September 2017. The performance conditions for these awards are the same as the performance conditions detailed in the table 
above. The number of shares awarded represented 100% of Pedro Ros’ salary at the time of the grant. Following the intention of Anthony Foye to 
step down from his position as Chief Financial Officer, the Committee decided not to award Anthony Foye any share awards in September 2017.

The Committee determined that all participants (including Executives) will be required to hold no less than 50% of any vested shares (net of taxes) 
for a minimum of two years post vesting.

1 

2 

Three year adjusted EBITA less impairment and adjusting items included in operating expenses divided by the average Equity attributable to the owners of the parent.

The performance out-turn for the TSR is based on ‘all companies’ data.

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
PSP continued
For the year ended 30 June 2019 (unaudited remuneration)
The Committee will continue to monitor the performance conditions for any future PSP awards to ensure that the conditions continue to be 
appropriate for the Company and the prevailing market and reflect the application of a ‘pay for performance’ philosophy in the best interests of the 
Company and shareholders. The performance conditions for the awards in respect of 2018/19 will be the same as those for the awards granted in 
respect of 2017/18.

The quantum of PSP awards to be granted in respect of 2018/19 will be confirmed by the Remuneration Committee in advance of the grant date, 
taking into account the prevailing share price and other relevant factors. The maximum award permitted under the directors’ remuneration policy 
is 150% of salary, but awards will not be granted above the level of 100% of salary as regards the CEO and 75% of salary as regards the CFO. 

Shareholding guidelines and statement of Directors’ share awards (audited information)
Shareholding guidelines for Executives have been adopted, linked to the outturn from the PSP. At the time Awards vest under the PSP (or any 
other Executive plan established in the future), Executive Directors will be expected to retain no fewer than 50% of vested shares (net of taxes) 
until such time as a total personal shareholding equivalent to 100% of pre-tax base salary has been achieved. This requirement will not apply to 
participants to the scheme other than the Executive Directors.

It should be noted that as at 30 June 2018 Pedro Ros held approximately 88.3% of his pre-tax base salary in shares, which have been acquired 
since his appointment in July 2014. In addition to his own acquisition of shares, 50% of any vested PSP shares (net of tax) will be retained in line 
with the policy above.

The holdings of those persons who served as Directors during the year, and of their families, as at the earlier of the date of retirement from the 
board and 30 June 2018 are as follows:

Pedro Ros

Derek Carter

Paul Dollman

Anthony M Foye

Mark Asplin

Beneficial/
non-beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

At 
30 June 
2017 

40,000

10,000

10,000

766,805

41,390

At
30 June 2018
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from Board)

At 
30 June 2018
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from Board)
Percentage

135,000

25,000

25,000

929,690

71,390

0.15%

0.03%

0.03%

1.06%

0.08%

Movement
in year

95,000

15,000

15,000

162,885

30,000

No changes for continuing directors have occurred between the shareholdings as described above and the date of sign off of this report.

As at 30 June 2018 the Company’s share price was 241.00p and its highest and lowest share prices during the year ended 30 June 2018 were 
264.00p and 209.25p respectively. Interests are shown as a percentage of shares in issue at 30 June 2018 (or, if earlier, date of retirement 
from the Board).

Executive Directors’ interests under share schemes (audited information)
Awards held under the PSP by each person who served as a Director during the year ended 30 June 2018 are as follows: 

Award date

19 Sept 2014

16 Sept 2015

15 Sept 2016

13 Sept 2017

19 Sept 2014

16 Sept 2015

15 Sept 2016

Number of
shares at 
 1 July 2017

79,542

100,136

110,355

—

54,089

45,395

50,028

Granted
during the
year

—

—

—

171,374

—

—

—

Lapsed during
the year

Exercised during
the year

Number of
shares at 
30 June 2018
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from the Board)*

Date which
awards vest

(12,618)

(66,924)

— 19 Sept 2017

—

—

—

(8,580)

(6,809)

(24,514)

—

—

—

100,136 16 Sept 2018

110,355 15 Sept 2019

171,374 13 Sept 2020

(45,509)

— 19 Sept 2017

—

—

38,586 16 Sept 2018

25,514 15 Sept 2019

Pedro Ros

Pedro Ros

Pedro Ros

Pedro Ros

Anthony Foye

Anthony Foye

Anthony Foye

* 

Unvested and subject to performance conditions.

Dilution (unaudited information)
Awards under the unvested Company’s discretionary schemes which may be satisfied by a new issue of shares must not exceed 5.0% of the 
Company’s issued share capital in any rolling ten year period and the total of all awards satisfied via new issue shares under all plans (both discretionary 
and all-employee) over a ten year period must not exceed 10.0% of the Company’s issued share capital in any rolling ten year period.

At 30 June 2018, the headroom under the Company’s 5.0% and 10.0% limits was 2,862,626 and 3,837,125 shares respectively, out of an issued 
share capital of 87,414,073 shares.

56

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernancePensions related benefits 
For the year ended 30 June 2018 (audited information)
The Company made pension contributions totalling £36,725 (2017: £36,005) on behalf of Pedro Ros, reflective of 10% of his annual salary. 
Richard Amos did not participate in a pension scheme. 

For the year ending 30 June 2019 (unaudited)
The Company expects to continue making pension contributions on behalf of Pedro Ros. These contributions are expected to remain at 10% 
of his annual salary. It is expected that Richard Amos will continue to not participate in a pension scheme.

Payments for loss of office (audited information) 
Payments for loss of office made to Anthony Foye and Mark Asplin, who left the Company on 31 March 2018 and 30 April 2018 respectively, 
were determined in accordance with the shareholder approved directors’ remuneration policy. Further information is set out below.

Anthony Foye
Anthony Foye retired from the Board and left the business on 31 March 2018. His remuneration earned to that date is included in the single total 
figure of remuneration table on page 53. Mr Foye received a payment in lieu of the salary, contractual benefits and salary supplement in lieu of 
pension contribution that would have been paid for the balance of his notice period; this amounted to £75,000 in total and was paid in monthly 
instalments to the end of the notice period that would otherwise have applied.

Anthony Foye’s outstanding PSP awards were treated in line with the shareholder approved directors’ remuneration policy and in recognition 
of Mr Foye’s contribution to the group. In line with the policy and best practice, Mr Foye’s outstanding awards will continue and vest subject to 
satisfaction of the applicable performance conditions and a reduction to reflect the proportion of the vesting period for which Mr Foye was in 
service, as follows:

Award

September 2015

September 2016

Shares subject to award

Performance Period

Vesting date

Shares subject
to award following
time-based
reduction

45,395 Three financial years ending 30 June 2018 16 September 2018

50,028 Three financial years ending 30 June 2019 15 September 2019

38,586 *

25,514

* 

This award is estimated to vest at 60.93% as referred to on page 55.

Mark Asplin
Mark Asplin retired from the Board on 30 April 2018. His remuneration earned to that date is included in the single total figure of remuneration 
table on page 53. Mr Asplin received a payment in lieu of his fees for the balance of his notice period in the amount of £38,000.

Performance graph and table (unaudited information)
The following graph shows, for the year ended 30 June 2018 and for each of the previous eight years, the total shareholder return (calculated 
in accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Company and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended) on a holding 
of the Company’s ordinary shares compared with a hypothetical holding of shares of the same kind and number as those by reference to which 
the FTSE All – Share Media Index and the FTSE Small Cap Index are calculated. These indices have been chosen as the appropriate comparators 
because the Committee believe they contain the most comparable companies against which to appraise the Company’s share performance.

Total shareholder return
This graph shows the value, by 30 June 2018, of £100 invested in Wilmington Group on 30 June 2009, compared with the value of £100 invested 
in the FTSE All Share Media and FTSE SmallCap Indices on a daily basis.

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u

l

a
V

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

30 June
2009

30 June
2010

30 June
2011

29 June
2012

29 June
2013

29 June
2014

29 June
2015

28 June
2016

28 June
2017

28 June
2018

  Wilmington Group

  FTSE All Share Media

  FTSE SmallCap

57

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Chief Executive Officer single figure (unaudited information)

2017/18 Pedro Ros

2016/17 Pedro Ros

2015/16 Pedro Ros

2014/15 Pedro Ros

2013/14 Charles J Brady

2012/13 Charles J Brady

2011/12 Charles J Brady

2010/11 Charles J Brady

2009/10 Charles J Brady

Total
remuneration
£’000

Annual bonus
 as a % of
maximum
opportunity
%

PSP as a % of
maximum
number of
shares
%

609

814 *

677

671

943

935

580

535

393

—

61.7%

73.1%

78.5%

88.6%

80.0%

55.2%

46.3%

2.8%

60.93%

84.13%

—

—

91.84%

55.00%

—

—

—

* 

Restated to reflect the value of the relevant PSP award at the date of vesting as referred to on page 55.

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive Officer and employees (unaudited information)
The percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus between 2016/17 and 2017/18 for the Chief Executive Officer and for all 
employees in the Group was:

Chief Executive Officer

Employee population

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

2.0%

2.0%

6.0%

—

 (100.0%)

(30.9%)

Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited information)
The difference in actual expenditure between 2016/17 and 2017/18 on remuneration for all employees in comparison to distributions to shareholders 
by way of dividend are set out in the table below:

Expenditure on remuneration for all employees

Distributions to shareholders by way of a dividend

2016/17
£›000

43,779

7,150

2017/18
£›000

44,130

7,514

Change
%

0.80%

5.09%

Details of the Remuneration Committee, advisers to the Committee and their fees 
(unaudited information)
Details of the Directors who were members of the Committee during the year are disclosed on pages 40 and 41. The Committee has also received 
assistance from the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the remuneration of the other Executive Director and on the Company’s remuneration 
policy more generally. He is not in attendance when his own remuneration is discussed.

During the year, the Committee received independent advice from the following external consultants:

Committees advisers

Aon Hewitt Limited provided advice to the Committee on performance analysis.

Deloitte LLP provided advice to the Committee on executive remuneration, including annual bonus performance measures and 
the preparation of the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

2017/18
£›000

10

12

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Committee in 2013; the Group also engages Deloitte LLP to provide tax advisory services and advice in relation 
to the Company’s share plans. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code 
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Aon Hewitt Limited was appointed by the Committee in previous years. 
The Committee took into account the Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct when reviewing the appointment of Aon Hewitt Limited 
and Deloitte LLP. 

The Committee is satisfied that all advice received was objective and independent. 

58

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceDetails of the attendance of the Committee are set out in the table below:

Committee member

Nathalie Schwarz (Committee chairman)

Derek Carter

Martin Morgan

Mark Asplin

Paul Dollman

Member since

December 2011

December 2011

May 2018

April 2005

September 2015

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to
attend

3

3

—

3

3

Statement of voting at general meeting (unaudited information)
At the AGM held on 2 November 2017 the Annual Report on Remuneration received the following votes from shareholders:

Annual Report on Remuneration

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number
of votes

69,681,554

8,300 

69,689,854 

—

69,689,854

At the AGM held on 2 November 2017 the Directors’ Remuneration Policy received the following votes from shareholders:

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number
of votes

69,681,554

8,300 

69,689,854 

—

69,689,854

At the AGM held on 2 November 2017 the company’s Performance Share Plan received the following votes from shareholders:

Performance Share Plan

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number
of votes

69,681,554

5,000

69,686,554

3,300

69,689,854

3

3

—

3

3

% of votes
cast

99.99%

0.01%

% of votes
cast

99.99%

0.01%

% of votes
cast

99.99%

0.01%

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment
The existing Executive Directors’ contracts are on a rolling basis and may be terminated on 12 months’ notice by the Company or the Executive. 
All Non-Executive Directors have initial fixed term agreements with the Company of no more than three years. 

Details of the Directors’ service contracts and notice periods are set out below: 

Executive Directors

Pedro Ros

Richard Amos

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Morgan

Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman

Contract 
commencement 
date

July 2014

March 2018

Date of initial
appointment

May 2018

Dec 2011

Dec 2011

Sept 2015

Notice period

12 months

12 months

Notice period

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Directors’ remuneration policy
The table below sets out the Company’s Directors’ remuneration policy which was approved at the last AGM on 2 November 2017, except that date 
specific references have been amended and the illustrations of the application of the remuneration policy in 2017/2018 have not been included. 
No changes have been made to the policy since it was approved. The policy as approved is included in the Company’s annual report and accounts for 
the year ended 30 June 2017 which is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations. 

Base salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Core element of fixed remuneration set at a market competitive level to reflect the individual’s role, 
experience and performance. 

Operation

The Committee ordinarily reviews base salaries annually taking into account:

•  Performance of the Group and pay conditions elsewhere in the workforce;

•  Performance of the individual;

•  Changes in position or responsibility; and

•  Market competitiveness.

The Committee periodically takes external advice to benchmark salaries by reference to Executives with 
similar positions in comparator organisations. In considering relevant benchmarking the Committee is also 
aware of the risk of an upward pay ratchet through placing undue emphasis on comparator pay surveys. 
Base salary is the only pensionable element of remuneration.

Opportunity

While there is no maximum salary, increases will normally be in line with the typical level of salary increase 
awarded (in percentage of salary terms) to other employees in the Group. 

Salary increases above this level may be awarded in certain circumstances, such as:

•  where an Executive Director has been promoted or has had a change in scope or responsibility;

•  a new Executive Director being moved to market positioning over time; 

•  where there has been a significant change in market practice;

•  where there has been a significant change in the size and/or complexity of the business.

Such increases may be implemented over such time period as the Committee deems appropriate.

Performance metric

Although base salary is not subject to any formal performance condition, the individual’s performance in role 
and overall Group performance is taken into account in determining any salary increase.

60

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernancePension

Purpose and link to strategy

Rewards sustained contribution and commitment to the Group.

Provides market competitive post-employment benefits.

Operation

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the defined contribution pension scheme. 

The Committee has the discretion to pay cash supplements in lieu some or all pension contributions 
in appropriate circumstances.

Executive Directors are entitled to elect to sacrifice part of their salary and bonus into a personal pension scheme.

Opportunity

The Company contributes an amount equal to 10% of salary to a pension scheme on behalf of the Executive 
Directors, and/or as a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions where appropriate. 

Performance metric

Not applicable.

Taxable benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Fixed element of remuneration set at a market competitive level with the aim to recruit, motivate and retain 
Directors of the calibre required.

Executive Directors receive benefits in line with market practice and principally include a fully expensed car 
or car allowance and private medical cover (for the Executive Directors and his or her family), and health 
assessment and permanent health insurance.

Other benefits may be provided based on individual circumstances and response to market pressures.

Whilst the Committee has not set an absolute maximum on the level of benefits Executive Directors 
may receive, the value of the benefit is set at a level which the Committee considers to be appropriately 
positioned taking into account relevant market levels based on the nature and location of the role and 
individual circumstances.

Performance metric

Not applicable.

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy

Rewards the achievement of financial and strategic targets aligned with the Group strategy.

Operation

Targets are reviewed annually and any pay-out is determined by the Committee after the year-end based 
on targets set for the financial period.

The Committee has discretion to amend the bonus outturn if any formulaic output does not reflect its 
assessment of overall business performance. 

Any bonus opportunity may be reduced or cancelled before payment (i.e. a malus provision) in the event of a 
material misstatement of results, serious reputational damage to the Group or gross misconduct on the part 
of the Executive Director. 

The bonus plan rules contain provisions such that appropriate means of redress may be sought (i.e. claw back) if 
it transpires that a bonus was paid for performance in a year which later proves to have been materially misstated.

There is no scope to make discretionary bonus payments outside of the scope of the bonus plan.

Opportunity

The maximum bonus is 100% of base salary.

Performance metric

Stretching targets are set each year reflecting the business priorities which underpin Group strategy and align 
to key performance indicators.

The annual bonus is determined based on performance against a mix of targets. The majority will be 
determined by financial measures which may include one or more of adjusted profit, return on equity (‘ROE’) 
and Return on Sale (‘ROS’) targets.

Vesting of financial metrics will apply on a sliding scale up to 100% of maximum potential for this element 
of the bonus based on the satisfaction of performance conditions.

Vesting of non-financial or individual metrics (where applicable) will apply on a scale between 0% and 100% 
based on the Committee’s assessment of the extent to which non-financial or individual performance metrics 
has been met.

61

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises Executive Directors to achieve returns for shareholders over a longer timeframe.

Operation

Executive Directors may receive awards in the form of conditional awards of shares, options to acquire 
shares for nil or nominal cost or as cash settled equivalents. Share awards may be settled in cash at the 
election of the Committee.

Vesting is dependent on the achievement of performance conditions normally over a period of three 
financial years.

The Committee will determine performance conditions prior to each award, with no provision to re-test.

At any time prior to its vesting, an award may be reduced or cancelled in the event of a material misstatement 
of results, serious reputational damage to the Company or gross misconduct on the part of the Executive 
Director. The Committee may operate claw back if, at any time before the later of (i) the second anniversary 
of the vesting of an award and (ii) the publication of the Company’s second set of audited financial accounts 
following such vesting, there has been a material misstatement of the Company’s financial accounts, an 
error occurred when assessing the number of shares over which a PSP award vests, or the participant has 
been guilty of gross misconduct. In these circumstances, there may be a proportionate reduction of future 
bonuses and/or share awards made under the PSP to reflect the overpayment of shares, or the participant 
may be required to repay the overpaid amounts from personal funds.

An additional payment (in the form of cash or shares) may be made in respect of shares which vest under 
the PSP to reflect the value of dividends which would have been paid on those shares up to the date of vesting. 
The Committee shall determine the basis on which the value of such dividends shall be calculated, and may 
assume the reinvestment of dividends in the Company’s shares on a cumulative basis.

Opportunity

The maximum award limit under the PSP scheme will be 150% of base salary.

Performance metric

The awards under the PSP will be based on a mix of key longer term metrics for the Group. These will be 
metrics which the Committee considers to be the most appropriate measures of longer term performance 
and could include TSR, EPS and ROE.

The threshold pay-out level under the PSP is 25% of the maximum award.

There will usually be straight line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

Operation of the PSP
The Committee may amend the terms of awards under the PSP in accordance with the PSP rules in the event of a variation of the Company’s 
share capital, demerger, special dividend or other relevant event. The Committee may operate the PSP (including that it may amend the rules 
of the PSP and awards granted under the PSP) in accordance with the PSP’s rules as approved by shareholders.

Explanation of performance metrics chosen
Performance measures for the annual bonus and PSP are reviewed annually to ensure they continue to reflect the business strategy and remain 
sufficiently stretching.

The Committee considers that adjusted profit, Return on Equity (‘ROE’) and Return on Sale (‘ROS’) targets are closely aligned to the Group’s key 
performance metrics and in application to the annual bonus alone provide a balanced measure of performance that encourages sustainable growth. 
The application of TSR, EPS and ROE targets to the PSP align management’s objectives with those of shareholders for the following reasons:

•  The EPS target will reward significant and sustained increase in earnings that would be expected to flow through into shareholder value. 

For the participants, this will also deliver a strong ‘line of sight’ as it will be straightforward to evaluate and communicate;

•  The ROE performance condition will reward Executives for delivery of returns to shareholders but adding a further discipline of ensuring 

the most efficient use of shareholders’ funds; and

•  The TSR performance condition will provide a balance to the financial performance conditions by rewarding relative share price performance 
against the companies comprising the FTSE Small Cap Index and ensures that a share price-based discipline in the package (in the absence 
of options) is retained. This will ensure that management can be rewarded for delivering superior market returns.

62

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceThe Committee considers that this blend of measures provides a link to the Company’s strategy, which is to create a sustained improvement 
in underlying performance and maximise returns to shareholders.

When setting the performance targets, the Committee will take into account a number of different reference points, which may include the Company’s 
business plans and strategy and market environment. Full vesting will only occur for what the Committee considers to be stretching performance.

The Committee may vary any performance measure if an event occurs which causes it to determine that it would be appropriate to vary the 
measure, provided that any such variation is fair and reasonable and (in the opinion of the Committee) the altered performance measure would 
be not materially less difficult to satisfy than the unaltered performance measure would have been but for the event in question. If the Committee 
were to make such a variation, a full explanation would be given in the next Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Shareholding guidelines
To further align the interests of Executive Directors with those of shareholders, we have adopted formal shareholding guidelines, in accordance 
with which Executive Directors must retain 50% of the after tax shares they acquire on the vesting of PSP awards until such time as a total personal 
shareholding equal to 100% of base salary has been achieved. 

Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Non-Executive  
Director fees

Sole element of 
Non-Executive Director 
remuneration set at a level 
that reflects market 
conditions and is sufficient 
to attract individuals with 
appropriate knowledge 
and experience.

Not applicable

Fees are based on the 
time commitment and 
responsibilities of the role.

Fees are subject to an 
overall cap as set out in 
the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

Fees are reviewed 
periodically and amended 
to reflect any change in 
responsibilities and time 
commitments. Where 
appropriate external advice 
is taken on setting market 
competitive fees. 

The Non-Executive 
Directors do not participate 
in any of the Group’s share 
incentive plans nor do they 
receive any benefits or 
pension contributions. 

Non-Executive Directors 
may be eligible to receive 
benefits such as the use of 
secretarial support, travel 
costs or other benefits that 
may be appropriate.

Differences in policy from the wider employee population
The Company values its wider workforce and aims to provide a remuneration package that is market competitive, complies with any statutory 
requirements and is applied fairly and equitably across the wider employee population. Where remuneration is not determined by statutory 
regulation, the Company operates the same core principles as it does for Executive Directors namely:

•  We remunerate people in a manner that allows for stability of the business and the opportunity for sustainable long term growth; and

•  We seek to remunerate fairly and consistently for each role with due regard to the market place, internal consistency and the Company’s 

ability to pay.

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued
Recruitment remuneration policy
The objective of this policy is to allow the Committee to offer remuneration packages which facilitate the recruitment of individuals of sufficient 
calibre to lead the business and effectively execute the strategy for shareholders. When appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee 
seeks to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of the Company and not to pay more than is appropriate.

The Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors including the calibre of the individual, the candidate’s existing remuneration 
package, and the specific circumstances of the individual including the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited.

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will typically align the remuneration package with the above Policy. The Committee may 
include other elements of pay which it considers are appropriate, however, this discretion is capped and is subject to the principles and the limits 
referred to below.

•  Base salary will be set at a level appropriate to the role and the experience of the Director being appointed. This may include agreement 
on future increases up to a market rate, in line with increased experience and/or responsibilities, subject to good performance, where it is 
considered appropriate.

•  Retirement benefits and other benefits will only be provided in line with the above Policy; and

•  The Committee will not offer non-performance related incentive payments (for example a ‘guaranteed sign-on bonus’).

•  Other elements may be included in the following circumstances:

•  an interim appointment being made to fill an Executive Director role on a short-term basis;

• 

• 

• 

if exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a Non-executive Director takes on an executive function on a short-term basis;

if an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or long-term incentive award for 
that year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable remuneration set out below, the quantum 
in respect of the months employed during the year may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and 
appropriate basis; and

if the Director will be required to relocate in order to take up the position, it is the Company’s policy to allow reasonable relocation, travel 
and subsistence payments. Any such payments will be at the discretion of the Committee.

•  The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period and vesting period of the annual bonus or PSP, subject to 

the rules of the PSP, if the Committee determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale will be clearly 
explained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

•  The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted (excluding ‘buyout’ awards as referred to below) is 250% of salary.

The Committee may make payments or awards in respect of hiring an employee to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a 
previous employer. In doing so the Committee will take account of relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to the forfeited 
arrangements and the time over which they would have vested. The Committee will generally seek to structure buy out awards or payments on a 
comparable basis to the remuneration arrangements forfeited. Any such payments or awards are excluded from the maximum level of variable 
remuneration referred to above. Where considered appropriate, such special recruitment awards will be liable to forfeiture or ‘claw back’ on 
early departure.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. If necessary and subject 
to the limits referred to above, recruitment awards may be granted outside of these plans as permitted under the Listing Rules which allow for the 
grant of awards to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, the recruitment of an Executive Director. Where a position is filled internally, any ongoing 
remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to continue in accordance with their terms.

Fees payable to a newly appointed Chairman or Non-Executive Director will be in line with the policy in place at the time of appointment.

64

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernancePayments for loss of office
The Company has adopted the following policy on Executives’ service contracts:

Notice period

Twelve months’ notice period or less shall apply.

Termination payments 
and mitigation

Annual bonus

PSP

Change of control

Other payments

Termination payments are limited to payment of 12 months’ salary, contractual pension amounts and benefits.

The policy is that, as is considered appropriate at the time, the departing Director may work, or be placed on 
garden leave, for all or part of his notice period, or receive a payment in lieu of notice in accordance with the 
service agreement. 

The Committee will consider mitigation to reduce the termination payment to a leaving Director when 
appropriate to do so, having regard to the circumstances.

The decision whether or not to award a bonus in full or in part will be dependent upon a number of factors 
including the circumstances of their departure and their contribution to the business during the bonus period 
in question. Any bonus payment would typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and paid at the 
usual time (although the Committee retains discretion to pay the bonus earlier in appropriate circumstances). 

Unvested awards held by the Director under the company’s PSP will lapse or vest in accordance with the 
rules of the plan, which have been approved by shareholders. In summary, the plan rules provide that awards 
can vest if employment ends by reason of redundancy, retirement, ill health or disability, death, sale of the 
Director’s employer out of the Group or any other reason determined by the Committee. The Committee 
shall determine whether the award will vest at cessation or the normal vesting date. In either case, the extent 
of vesting will be determined by the Committee taking into account the satisfaction of the relevant performance 
conditions and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, applying a pro-rata reduction based on the 
period from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to a three year period. 

Awards under the PSP will generally vest early on a takeover or other relevant corporate event. The Committee 
will determine the level of vesting taking into account the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions 
and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, a pro-rate reduction based on the period from the date 
of grant to the date of the relevant event relative to a three year period. 

In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect of accrued holiday, outplacement 
and legal fees. Where a ‘buyout’ or other award is made outside the Company’s PSP in connection with the 
recruitment of an Executive Director, as permitted under the Listing Rules, the leaver provisions would be 
determined at the time of the award. 

Statement of consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Committee generally considers pay and employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Company when considering the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. When considering base salary increases, the Committee 
reviews overall levels of base pay increases offered to other employees. 
Employees are not actively consulted on Directors’ remuneration.

Non-Executive appointments at other companies
The Committee’s policy is that Executive Directors may, by agreement 
with the Board, serve as Non-Executives of other companies and 
retain any fees payable for their services.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Company is committed to open and transparent dialogue with 
shareholders and welcomes feedback on Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors’ remuneration.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments 
where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing 
legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) 
or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection 
with the termination of a Director’s office or employment. 

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the notice 
periods referred to below, with compensation limited to fees for the 
duration of the notice period.

Legacy matters
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payment 
or payment for loss of office (including exercising discretions in respect 
of any such payment) notwithstanding that it is not in line with the Policy 
set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed:

•  before the Policy came into effect (provided that in the case of any 
payments agreed on or after 6 November 2014 they are in line with 
the Policy approved at the Company’s 2014 AGM); or

•  at a time when the relevant individual was not a director of the 

Company and, in the opinion of the Committee the payment was not 
in consideration of the individual becoming a director of the Company. 

For these purposes, ‘payment’ includes the satisfaction of any award of 
variable remuneration and in relation to an award over shares the terms 
of the payment are ‘agreed’ when the award is granted.

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStatement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed 
on pages 40 and 41, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union and 
parent company financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European 
Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group and parent company for that period. In preparing 
the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

• 

• 

• 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 
have been followed for the Group financial statements and IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the 
Company financial statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

• 

and prudent; and

the parent company financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Company;

the Group financial statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit of the Group; and

the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and parent company, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report 
is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Group and parent company’s auditors are unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group and parent company’s 
auditors are aware of that information. 

Approved on behalf of the Board by:

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer 
11 September 2018

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and parent company 
will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and parent company and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and parent company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
parent company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group 
and parent company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

66

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Our GovernanceIndependent auditors’ report 

to the members of Wilmington plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Wilmington plc’s group financial statements and parent 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 

parent company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of the group’s 
profit and the group’s and the parent company’s cash flows for 
the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and, as regards the parent company’s financial statements, 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the group and parent company Balance Sheets as at 
30 June 2018; the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the group and parent company 
Cash Flow Statements, and the group and parent company Statements 
of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the 
financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to 
listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the group or the parent company.

Other than those disclosed in note 4 to the financial statements, 
we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the parent 
company in the period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018.

Our audit approach – Overview
Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £1.1 million (2017: £1.1 million), based on 5% 

of Group adjusted profit before tax.

•  Overall parent company materiality: £0.9 million (2017: £0.9 million), 
based on 1% of total gross assets reduced to a level that is below our 
group materiality.

Scope
•  Each business segment comprises a number of legal entities or 
components. PwC UK performed audits of complete information 
for each of the Group’s significant components, with specified and 
analytical procedures being performed over remaining material 
and immaterial financial statement line items, respectively.

•  The full scope reporting units and Group functions we conducted 
our work at accounted for 83% of the Group Adjusted Profit before 
Tax, and 84% of the Group Revenue.

Key audit matters
•  Goodwill and intangible assets impairment assessment (Group).

•  Revenue recognition (Group).

•  Acquisition Accounting for Interactive Medica (Group).

• 

 Impairment of investments in subsidiaries and recoverability 
of amounts due from subsidiaries (Parent Company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and 
assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective 
judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that 
are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework 
applicable to the group and the industry in which it operates, and 
considered the risk of acts by the group which were contrary to 
applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We designed audit 
procedures at group and significant component level to respond to the 
risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement 
due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery 
or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We focused on 
laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in 
the group and parent company financial statements, including, but not 
limited to, Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules, Pensions legislation, 
UK tax legislation. Our tests included, but were not limited to, agreeing the 
financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation 
and enquiries of management. There are inherent limitations in the audit 
procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance 
with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected 
in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it.

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, 
including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including testing journals 
and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors 
that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional 
judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and 
any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit. 

67

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Wilmington plc

Our audit approach – Overview continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment assessment
Refer to pages 49 and 50 (Audit Committee Report), page 78 
(Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions) 
and pages 91 to 93 (notes 12 and 13).

The Group’s goodwill and intangible assets (excluding computer 
software) had a combined carrying value of £115 million at the beginning 
of the year. These are allocated across multiple cash-generating units 
(‘CGUs’) and are subject to an annual impairment review. 

Management used a ‘Value in Use’ model to compute the present value 
of forecast future cash flows for each CGU which was then compared to 
the carrying value of the net assets of each CGU (including Goodwill 
and Intangible assets) to determine if there was an impairment. These 
assessments involve significant judgement about the future results of the 
business as well as determining the discount and long term growth rates 
applied to future cash flow forecasts.

‘CLT’ (a CGU), continued to suffer from the removal of requirement for 
CPD hours for lawyers in England and Wales which came into full effect 
in October 2017. In recognition of these challenging market conditions 
management are changing the focus of the business, reducing CPD 
related networking events and investing in on-line learning programmes 
that they believe offer a sustainable growth opportunity. As a result of this 
decision the future economic benefit in the business will not derive from 
the historic assets purchased in 1999 which the acquired goodwill was 
attributable to. On this basis the goodwill relating to ‘CLT’ has been fully 
impaired resulting in a £8.6 million non-cash impairment expense included 
in operating expenses as an adjusting item in the Income Statement.

As recorded in the 2015, 2016 and 2017 Annual reports, the ‘Compliance 
Week’ CGU continues to remain sensitive to changes in key assumptions. 
Further, the ‘HSJ’ CGU that was acquired in January 2017 underwent 
significant integration activities within the Healthcare division in 2017 and in 
2018. These included transitioning of the ‘HSJ’ operations from the systems 
and processes of its previous owners onto new Wilmington infrastructure 
and relocation of the significant numbers of staff to new offices. ‘HSJ’s value 
in use remains sensitive to changes in key assumptions. 

In light of the above we focused on the ‘‘CLT’, ‘Compliance Week’ 
and ‘HSJ’ CGUs and the judgements applied by Management.

We also focused on the related disclosures and checked that appropriate 
sensitivity analysis arising from reasonably possible changes to the model’s 
key assumptions, was provided in the financial statements to draw 
attention to the significant areas of judgement.

Revenue recognition
Refer to pages 49 and 50 (Audit Committee Report), pages 78 to 83 
(note 1 Statement of accounting policies) and page 85 (note 3).

We focused on this area because the timing of revenue recognition 
and its presentation in the Income Statement has inherent complexities 
for Wilmington, some of which are industry related, in particular:

•  Significant or one-off contracts entered into near the year end which 
could contain multiple elements (such as the sale of publications 
accompanied by training) or for which revenue should be spread over 
the term of the contract rather than recognised immediately; and

•  Subscription revenues are partly managed in electronic worksheets 
and/or other legacy customer management systems, meaning that 
there is a higher risk of error or manipulation of the calculation 
of deferred revenue.

68

We evaluated Management’s future cash flow projections for 
all relevant CGUs and the process by which they were drawn up, 
including comparing them to the latest Board approved budgets 
and forecasts, and tested the underlying calculations in the model. 
We found no material misstatements in the model calculations 
and found the cash-flow projections to be consistent with the 
approved budgets.

For Management’s key assumptions:

•  we compared the growth rates in the forecasts to historical results 

and economic forecasts; and

•  we assessed the discount rate by comparing the cost of capital 

for the Group with comparable organisations as well as using our 
own experts.

We found Management’s assumptions to be in line with our expectations.

We performed sensitivity analysis around the key drivers of the cash 
flow projections including assumed profits, short and longer term 
growth rates and discount rates. In performing these sensitivities we 
considered the level of historical budgeting inaccuracies and how the 
assumptions compared to the actual values achieved in prior years.

Having ascertained the extent of change in those assumptions 
that would be required for the goodwill or intangible assets to be 
impaired, we considered the likelihood of such a movement in 
those key assumptions arising. We determined that the sensitivities 
highlighted by Management in note 12 regarding the related 
assumptions in relation to the ‘Compliance Week’ CGU appropriately 
draw attention to the significant areas of judgement. 

As the carrying value of the ‘CLT’ CGU’s goodwill was fully impaired 
there are no further sensitivities to be disclosed.

For revenue transactions close to the year end we tested that the 
revenue was recognised in the appropriate period. We selected a 
sample of transactions, including larger transactions near the year 
end, and agreed the details of these transactions to underlying 
contractual information or other supporting documents which 
demonstrated when obligations had been fulfilled by the parties to 
the transaction. No material exceptions were noted from our testing. 

We also tested a sample of deferred revenue worksheets and revenue 
transactions to check that the amount of deferred revenue was 
accurately calculated and appropriately recognised. This involved 
agreeing revenue to contractual information as well as supporting 
calculations. No material exceptions were noted from our testing. 

Further, as part of our other evidence obtained over the revenue 
recognised during the year, we also tested journal entries posted 
to revenue accounts to identify unusual or irregular items. In order 
to identify unexpected transaction flows we also used computer 
assisted auditing techniques on the accounting records held within 
the Group’s principal accounting system. Our work did not identify 
any items that could not be substantiated.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsOur audit approach – Overview continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Acquisition Accounting for Interactive Medica
Refer to pages 49 and 50 (Audit Committee Report) and page 90 
(note 11.b). 

During the year the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of 
Interactive Medica S.L. (‘IM’) group of companies for a total consideration 
of £2.2 million.

Deferred consideration of up to £1.4 million is potentially payable in 
cash subject to the continued employment of a key member of the 
management team and ‘IM’ achieving a challenging revenue targets over 
the two year periods ending 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019.

Accounting for the ‘IM’ acquisition required Management to separately 
identify and fair value the acquired assets and liabilities, including 
intangible assets and goodwill. Management identified £1.5 million of 
intangible assets in respect of ‘IM’s databases, customer relationships, 
brand and computer software. 

The valuation of intangibles can be a particularly subjective and 
judgemental process as it requires Management assumptions including 
acquisition specific risk adjusted discount rates, customer attrition and 
growth rates as well as notional royalty rates used to value brands.

We also focused on the related disclosures made by Management for 
consistency with applicable accounting standards.

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries and recoverability 
of amounts due from subsidiaries 
Refer to pages 49 and 50 (Audit Committee Report), page 95 (note 16) 
and page 98 (note 17).

The parent company holds investments in a number of UK and overseas 
subsidiaries with a total carrying amount of £49.4 million at 30 June 2018. 
Amounts due to the parent company from subsidiaries have a total 
carrying amount of £91.6 million at 30 June 2018.

As at 30 June 2018 the parent company net assets were £86.7 million 
compared to Group net assets of £42.5 million. In light of this, together with 
goodwill impairment in the year and a fall in market capitalisation of the 
Group, we considered whether there was a need for any impairment in 
the carrying value of investments and/or provision against the amounts 
due from subsidiaries in the parent company.

We focused on this area due to the materiality of both investments in 
and amounts due from subsidiaries and as management estimates are 
required in performing their impairment assessments. 

Management’s impairment assessments showed no impairment of the 
parent company’s investment in subsidiaries and supported recoverability 
in full of amounts due from subsidiaries.

We assessed the completeness and value of intangible assets 
identified by Management against our own expectations, formed 
from review of the reports prepared by Management during 
the acquisition, and disclosures surrounding the rationale for 
the transaction. 

Further, we assessed the analysis prepared by Management from 
these reports in order to evaluate the purchase price allocation. 
In doing so, we performed the following:

•  we compared assumptions made on renewal rates with historical 
patterns in the business to verify that assumptions were reasonable 
and we also tested these historical patterns;

•  we compared the ratio of goodwill to other separately identified 
intangibles arising in the acquisition against information publicly 
available from transactions in related markets;

•  we challenged Management on the completeness of separately 
identified intangibles and whether these existed in other areas 
of the business not included in the determined fair value; and

•  we sensitised the key inputs and assumptions used by 

Management to ascertain the extent of change that would 
be required for the fair value to be materially misstated.

We discussed the results of this analysis with Management and 
the Audit Committee and ensured appropriate disclosure was 
included within the annual report which describes the nature of 
the arising goodwill.

With regards to the potential earn-out payments of up to £1.4 million, 
we have verified that it is deemed to be remuneration rather than 
consideration and Management have correctly excluded this from 
the goodwill and intangible assets calculation. 

Based on the work performed in this area, we have determined that 
the relevant material intangible assets and goodwill had been 
identified and valued appropriately.

We obtained management’s impairment of investments in subsidiaries 
assessment with supporting computations and:

•  Verified that inputs to the model were reasonable, including 

estimates of future profitability and that these were in line with 
approved budgets.

•  Checked the mathematical accuracy of the model. 

From these procedures we concluded the model inputs were 
reasonable and the calculation methodology was accurate.

The inputs which required Management judgement and our 
procedures to verify these were similar to those described in 
“Goodwill and intangible assets impairment assessment” Key 
audit matter above.

For the recoverability of amounts due from subsidiaries, we reviewed 
Management’s analysis for reasonableness and completeness. 
We verified the nature and the repayment terms for each material class 
of the receivable balances. We verified Management’s assumptions 
regarding the liquidity sources, including future profitability forecasts, 
available to each subsidiary owing a material balance to the parent 
company. Based on the work done, we concur with Management’s 
assessment of the recoverability of the amounts due from subsidiaries.

69

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Wilmington plc

Our audit approach – Overview continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group is structured into three business segments being Risk & Compliance, Professional and Healthcare. The Group financial statements are 
a consolidation of reporting units that make up the three business segments, spread across four geographic regions, being the United Kingdom, 
Europe (excluding the UK), North America and the Rest of the World, and the centralised functions. In establishing the overall approach to the Group 
audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be performed at the reporting units by us as the Group engagement team. Each business 
segment comprises a number of legal entities or components. PwC UK performed audits of complete information for each of the Group’s significant 
components, with specified and analytical procedures being performed over remaining material and immaterial financial statement line items, 
respectively. The full scope reporting units and group functions we conducted our work at accounted for 83% of the Group Adjusted Profit before 
Tax, and 84% of the Group Revenue.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

£1.1 million (2017: £1.1 million).

£0.9 million (2017: £0.9 million).

5% of Group adjusted profit before tax.

In arriving at this judgement we have 
had regard to the adjusted profit before 
tax, because, in our view, this represents 
the most appropriate measure of 
underlying performance. 

1% of total gross assets reduced to a level 
that is below our group materiality.

As the parent company does not have 
trading activities in our view a Balance 
Sheet benchmark represents the most 
appropriate measure.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range 
of materiality allocated across components was between £0.1 million and £0.9 million. Certain components were audited to a local statutory 
audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £55,000 (Group audit) 
(2017: £50,000) and £45,000 (Parent company audit) (2017: £45,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or 
draw attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial 
statements and the directors’ identification of any material uncertainties 
to the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date 
of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to 
Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. However, 
because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s and parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

We have nothing to report.

70

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsReporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual 
Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information 
and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to 
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of 
assurance thereon. 

•  The directors’ explanation on page 39 of the Annual Report as 

to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that period to 
be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ 
statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability 
of the group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit 
and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ 
process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are 
in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’); and considering whether the statements are 
consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

•  The statement given by the directors, on page 39, that they 

consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the 
members to assess the group’s and parent company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge of the group and parent company obtained in 
the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on pages 49 and 50 describing 
the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 
matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

•  The directors’ statement relating to the parent company’s 

compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure 
from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing 
Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or 
material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude 
whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or 
a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also 
considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included.

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken 
in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006, (CA06), ISAs (UK) 
and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require 
us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below 
(required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the 
audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 30 June 2018 is consistent with the financial 
statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent 
company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects 
of the group and of the principal risks that would 
threaten the solvency or liquidity of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  The directors’ confirmation on pages 32 to 39 of the Annual Report 
that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks 

and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

71

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Wilmington plc

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or

• 

the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were 
appointed by the members on 30 June 2009 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2009 and subsequent financial 
periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 10 years, 
covering the years ended 30 June 2009 to 30 June 2018.

David Snell (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
11 September 2018

Responsibilities of the directors for the 
financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
set out on page 66, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors 
are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms  
part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only 
for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other 
purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom 
this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

72

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsConsolidated income statement

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating expenses before amortisation of intangibles excluding computer software, 
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and adjusting items

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Adjusting items

Operating expenses
Other income – gain on sale of leasehold property

Operating profit 

Finance costs

Profit before tax 

Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent:
Basic (p) 

Diluted (p) 

Adjusted earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent:
Basic (p) 

Diluted (p) 

The notes on pages 78 to 109 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Year ended 
30 June 2018
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2017
£’000

Notes

3 

122,092

120,329

(97,532)

(6,432)

(8,561)

(4,573)

(96,977)

(6,028)

(2,366)

(3,468)

(117,098)

(108,839)

—

4,994

(1,969)

3,025

(2,763)

262

215

47

262

0.25

0.24

20.49

20.34

6,333

17,823

(1,961)

15,862

(2,988)

12,874

12,836

38

12,874

14.72

14.62

19.05

18.91

4b 

4b

4b

5

4a

6

7 

25

9

9 

9 

9 

73

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

Fair value movements on interest rate swaps, net of tax

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedges, net of tax

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 

Attributable to:

– Owners of the parent 

– Non-controlling interests 

Year ended
30 June 
2018
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2017
£’000

262

12,874

339

(896)

177

(380)

(118)

(165)

47

(118)

431

939

(395)

975

13,849

13,811

38

13,849

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The income tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income is disclosed in 
note 7. The notes on pages 78 to 109 are an integral part of these financial statements.

74

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsBalance sheets

as at 30 June 2018

Non-current assets
Goodwill 

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Deferred tax assets 

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Current tax liabilities

Deferred consideration – cash settled

Borrowings 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings

Deferred consideration – cash settled

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions for future purchase of non-controlling interests 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
Share capital 

Share premium 

Treasury shares 

Share based payments reserve 

Translation reserve 

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Group

2018
£’000

Notes

2017
£’000

86,028

31,911

4,444

—

820

—

Company

2018
£’000

—

—

—

2017
£’000

—

—

—

49,420

49,420

224

113

285

—

77,103

27,305

6,463

—

458

113

111,442

123,203

49,757

49,705

28,233

10,789

39,022

317

39,339

150,781

(51,114)

(722)

(1,320)

—

28,444

10,687

39,131

—

39,131

162,334

(52,330)

(1,932)

(177)

(925)

91,727

265

91,992

—

91,992

141,749

84,863

70

84,933

—

84,933

134,638

(36,860)

(28,337)

—

—

—

—

(1,992)

(4,761)

(53,156)

(55,364)

(38,852)

(33,098)

(50,380)

(49,353)

(15,837)

(1,286)

(356)

(3,087)

—

(55,109)

(108,265)

42,516

4,371

45,225

(96)

1,108

2,645

(10,819)

42,434

82

42,516

(2,305)

(662)

(4,585)

(100)

(57,005)

(112,369)

49,965

4,362

45,225

(96)

898

3,541

(4,051)

 49,879

86

49,965

—

(356)

—

—

(16,193)

(55,045)

86,704

4,371

45,225

(96)

1,108

—

36,096

86,704

—

86,704

(14,572)

—

(662)

—

—

(15,234)

(48,332)

86,306

4,362

45,225

(96)

898

—

35,917

86,306

—

86,306

12

13

14

16

22

18

17

15

19

20

20

18

22

23

23

23

25

The notes on pages 78 to 109 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 73 to 109 were 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their behalf on 11 September 2018.

Richard Amos 
Chief Financial Officer 

Pedro Ros
Chief Executive Officer

Registered number: 3015847

75

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Statements of changes in equity

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Share capital,
share premium
and treasury
shares (note 23) 
£’000

Share based
payments
reserve 
£’000

Translation
reserve 
£’000

(Accumulated
losses)/retained
 earnings 
£’000

Group
At 30 June 2016 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

At 30 June 2017 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 
for the year

Dividends

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

Movements in non-controlling interest

49,478

—

—

49,478

—

13

—

—

49,491

—

—

49,491

—

9

—

—

—

886

—

—

886

—

(466)

478

—

898

—

—

898

—

(384)

594

—

—

2,602

—

939

3,541

—

—

—

—

3,541

—

(896)

2,645

—

—

—

—

—

Total 
£’000

42,850

12,836

975

56,661

(7,150)

—

478

(110)

(10,116)

12,836

36

2,756

(7,150)

453

—

(110)

(4,051)

49,879

215

516

(3,320)

(7,514)

375

—

(15)

(345)

215

(380)

49,714

(7,514)

—

594

(15)

(345)

Non-controlling
interests 
(note 25) 
£’000

Total equity
£’000

153

38

—

191

(105)

—

—

—

86

47

—

133

(62)

—

—

—

11

43,003

12,874

975

56,852

(7,255)

—

478

(110)

49,965

262

(380)

49,847

(7,576)

—

594

(15)

(334)

At 30 June 2018 

49,500

1,108

2,645

(10,819)

42,434

82

42,516

Company
At 30 June 2016 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends to shareholders

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2017

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends to shareholders

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2018

Share capital,
share premium and
treasury shares
(note 23)
£’000

 Share based
payments
reserve 
£’000

49,478

—

—

49,478

—

13

—

—

49,491

—

—

49,491

—

9

—

—

886

—

—

886

—

(466)

478

—

898

—

—

898

—

(384)

594

—

Retained
earnings 
£’000

34,235

8,058

431

42,724

(7,150)

453

—

(110)

35,917

7,001

332

43,250

(7,514)

375

—

(15)

Total 
£’000

84,599

8,058

431

93,088

(7,150)

—

478

(110)

86,306

7,001

332

93,639

(7,514)

—

594

(15)

49,500

1,108

36,096

86,704

The notes on pages 78 to 109 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsCash flow statements

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) operations before adjusting items 
Cash flows for adjusting items – operating activities
Cash flows from share based payments

Cash generated from/(used in) operations
Interest paid
Tax paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of businesses net of cash acquired
Deferred consideration paid
Purchase of non-controlling interests
Cash flows for adjusting items – investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Cash flows from sale of leasehold property
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Share issuance costs
Fees relating to new and extended loan facility
Decrease in bank loans 
Increase in bank loans

Net cash used in financing activities

Notes

29

Group

Company

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
 £’000

25,665
(2,951)
(50)

22,664
(1,934)
(4,738)

15,992

(1,595)
(205)
(335)
(1,118)
(3,089)
—
55
(1,934)

(8,221)

(7,514)
(62)
(8)
(22)
(8,012)
9,127

(6,491)

26,653
(1,510)
(87)

25,056
(1,656)
(3,905)

19,495

(19,005)
(1,295)
—
(1,327)
(1,300)
7,300
43
(1,599)

(17,183)

(7,150)
(105)
(5)
(146)
(25,593)
27,702

(5,297)

15,161
(1,220)
(50)

13,891
(904)
(3,333)

9,654

—
—
—
(272)
—
—
—
—

(272)

(7,514)
—
(8)
(22)
(10,000)
11,126

(6,418)

(2,610)
(1,253)
(87)

(3,950)
(914)
(2,034)

(6,898)

—
—
—
(942)
—
7,300
—
—

6,358

(7,150)
—
(5)
(146)
(25,854)
27,984

(5,171)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, 
net of bank overdrafts

1,280

(2,985)

2,964

(5,711)

Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts 
at beginning of the year 

Exchange (loss)/gain on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts 
at end of the year 

Reconciliation of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Bank overdrafts at beginning of the year
Bank loans at beginning of the year

Net debt at beginning of the year

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents, 
net of bank overdrafts
Net drawdown in bank loans
Exchange gains/(loss) on bank loans

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Bank overdrafts at end of the year
Cash classified as held for sale
Bank loans at end of the year

Net debt at end of the year

9,762

(9)

12,438

309

(4,691)

—

1,020

—

11,033

9,762

(1,727)

(4,691)

20

15
20

10,687
(925)
(49,781)

(40,019)

1,271
(1,115)
231

10,789
—
244
(50,665)

(39,632)

14,642
(2,204)
(47,126)

(34,688)

(2,676)
(2,109)
(546)

10,687
(925)
—
(49,781)

(40,019)

70
(4,761)
(15,000)

(19,691)

2,964
(1,126)
4

265
(1,992)
—
(16,122)

(17,849)

1,603
(583)
(12,828)

(11,808)

(5,711)
(2,130)
(42)

70
(4,761)
—
(15,000)

(19,691)

77

The notes on pages 78 to 109 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsGeneral information
The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. As of 15 December 2017 the address of its registered office is 
10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS. Prior to this date, the registered office address was 6–14 Underwood Street, London N1 7JQ.

The Company is listed on the Main Market on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is the provider of information, education and 
networking to the professional markets.

1. Statement of accounting policies
The significant accounting policies applied in preparing the financial statements are outlined below. These policies have been consistently applied 
for all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRS’), including International Accounting Standards (‘IAS’) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRS IC’) 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, and as adopted in the EU, and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable 
to companies using IFRS.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial instruments that have 
been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, the functional currency of Wilmington plc, the parent 
company. All values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except where otherwise indicated.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its bank facilities. The current economic conditions continue to create 
uncertainty, particularly over the level of demand for the Group’s products. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current facilities. After making 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its consolidated financial statements. 
Further information on the Group’s borrowings is given in note 20.

Pursuant to Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company’s own Income Statement and Statement of Other Comprehensive Income 
are not presented separately in the Company financial statements, but they have been approved by the Board.

b) Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported 
for income and expenses during the year and that affect the amounts reported for assets and liabilities at the reporting date.

Business combinations
Management make, estimates and assumptions in assessing the fair value of the net assets acquired on a business combination, in identifying 
and measuring intangible assets arising on a business combination, and in determining the fair value of the consideration. If the consideration 
includes an element of contingent consideration, the final amount of which is dependent on the future performance of the business, management 
assesses the fair value of that contingent consideration based on their reasonable expectations of future performance. The sensitivity of the 
carrying amounts to the judgements, estimates and assumptions will vary depending on the nature and size of the acquisition.

Goodwill and intangible assets
Management makes, estimates and assumptions in measuring the carrying amount of goodwill and intangible assets. In considering whether 
goodwill and intangible assets have been impaired, the recoverable amount of cash generating units has been determined based on value in use 
calculations. These calculations require management to estimate future cash flows, a long-term growth rate and an appropriate discount rate. 
The sensitivity of the carrying amount of goodwill to these variables is considered in note 12.

c) Basis of consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the results and net assets of Wilmington plc and all its subsidiary undertakings made 
up to 30 June each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control 
ceases. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with 
those used by the Group. All inter-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation; however, for the purposes 
of segmental reporting, internal arm’s length recharges are included within the appropriate segments. 

d) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is applied in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The acquiree’s identifiable assets and 
liabilities are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and measured at cost, 
representing the excess of the aggregate of the consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the 
acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities at the date 
of acquisition. The consideration is measured at fair value, which is the aggregate of the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred 
or assumed and the equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred within 
adjusted items – investing activities.

Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group 
accrues the fair value of the additional consideration payable as a liability at acquisition date. This amount is reassessed at each subsequent 
reporting date with any adjustments recognised in the Income Statement.

78

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements 1. Statement of accounting policies continued
e) Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed, the recoverable amount of the asset is 
assessed and its carrying amount is reduced to that amount if lower, and any impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use and of the fair value less costs to sell, where the value in use is the present value 
of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases due to a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s 
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed to the extent that 
the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. The reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the Income Statement.

Goodwill is not amortised, but it is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’) for the 
purpose of impairment testing, so that the value in use is determined by reference to the discounted cash flows of the CGU. The cash flows 
considered are the expected pre-tax cash flows of the CGU, for projections over a three year period extrapolated using estimated long-term 
growth rates. The recoverable amount of the CGU, as for any asset, is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. If a CGU 
is impaired, the impairment losses are allocated firstly against goodwill, and then on a pro-rata basis against intangible and other assets. 
An impairment of goodwill cannot be reversed.

f) Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, which is the Company’s 
functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and the translation of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at period-end exchange rates are recognised in the Income Statement.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign undertakings are translated into Sterling at year-end exchange rates. The results of foreign 
undertakings are translated into Sterling at average rates of exchange for the year (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation 
of the cumulative effects of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates 
of the transactions). Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation are recognised directly in a separate component of equity, the 
translation reserve.

In the event of the disposal of an undertaking with assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency, the cumulative translation difference 
in the translation reserve that is associated with the undertaking is charged or credited to the gain or loss on disposal recognised in the 
Income Statement.

Further information is provided in the financial instruments accounting policy in relation to loans and borrowings in foreign currencies that are 
designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

g) Revenue
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services, net of discounts and sales 
taxes. Revenue is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with a transaction will flow to the Group and the amount 
of revenue and associated costs can be measured reliably. Subscription revenue is allocated to the relevant accounting periods covered by the 
subscription on a straight line basis or weighted in accordance with the timing of the service provided. Event revenue is recognised in the month 
that the event takes place, training revenue is recognised over the period in which the training is delivered, hard copy advertising revenue is 
recognised on publication, and online directory advertising revenue is recognised over the period that the advertisement remains online. 
Subscriptions and fees in advance are carried forward in trade and other payables as ‘subscriptions and deferred revenue’ and are recognised 
over the period the service is provided. 

Sales of goods are recognised when the Group has dispatched the goods to the customer, the customer has accepted the goods, 
and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured.

h) Operating expenses
In accordance with IAS 1 paragraph 102, expenses are presented in the accounts based on their nature. Operating expenses comprise of cost 
of sales and administrative costs. Distribution costs are not separately identified due to the digital nature of our products as they are considered 
immaterial. Costs of sales are all direct costs, including third-party costs and staff costs, associated directly with the production of a product, 
event or service, and are charged to the Income Statement as incurred. At each reporting date a prepayment is recognised for any third-party 
costs which are paid for, in advance of the relevant event being run except in relation to marketing costs. Administrative costs are additional 
operational costs that are not directly associated with the production of a product, event or service. This includes expenses relating central 
administrative and management functions and are expensed to the Income Statement as incurred.

i) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Company’s Board of Directors (‘the Board’) 
which is considered as the Group’s chief operating decision maker and is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments. The Board considers the business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, management considers 
the performance of the Group between the UK, Europe (excluding the UK), North America and the Rest of the World.

79

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
j) Adjusting items
The Group’s Income Statement separately identifies adjusting items. Such items are those that in the Directors’ judgement are one off in nature 
and need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size and incidence. In determining whether an item or transaction should be classified as an 
adjusting item, the Directors consider quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and significance. 

This focus on quantitative and qualitative factors may result in the classification of an item as adjusting, where one of apparently similar 
nature is not. The Group distinguishes between restructuring costs that are recurring and those that relate to one off or transformational Group 
programmes that impact many operations. Recurring restructuring costs that are incurred in the normal course of business are recorded as 
part of the Group’s underlying trading results within profit before tax. Restructuring costs that are one off and individually material or relate to 
programmes linked to the Group’s wider transformation and require approval at executive level are disclosed separately in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. When these adjusting items relate to a transformational programme to the business, the cost may apply to multiple years. 

This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. Adjusting items may not 
be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Disclosing adjusted items separately provides additional understanding 
of the performance of the Group.

k) Current and deferred income tax
Current and deferred income tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in the Income Statement for the period, except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in other 
comprehensive income or equity, respectively.

The tax effect of adjusting items is calculated by applying the relevant prevailing rate of taxation to the adjusting expense or income to the extent 
it is taxable or tax deductible. 

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date in the 
countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax 
returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on 
the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit nor loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and law) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
Balance Sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

l) Dividends
Dividend distributions are recognised in the consolidated financial statements when the shareholders’ right to receive payment is established. 
Final dividend distributions are recognised in the period in which they are approved by the shareholders, whilst interim dividend distributions are 
recognised in the period in which they are declared and paid.

m) Intangible assets
Intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated amortisation.

Intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortised through the Income Statement on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives. 
Their estimated useful lives depend on the classification of the assets as follows:

Computer software 

Databases 

Customer relationships 

Brands 

Publishing rights and titles 

20–33% per annum

8–20% per annum

10–33% per annum

5–20% per annum

5–10% per annum

Computer software that is integral to a related item of hardware is classified as computer equipment within property, plant and equipment. 
All other computer software and also the cost of internally developed software and databases are classified as intangible assets. Computer 
software licences purchased from third parties are initially recorded at cost. Costs associated with the production of internally developed 
software are capitalised once it is probable that they will generate future economic benefits and satisfy the other criteria set out in IAS 38. 
Computer software intangible assets (including the cost of internally developed software and databases) are amortised through the Income 
Statement on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives up to five years. Assets that are not in use at the reporting date (assets under 
construction) are recognised at cost and amortisation commences when those assets begin to generate economic benefit.

80

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Statement of accounting policies continued
n) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset 
plus any costs of bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is not provided on freehold land. On other assets it 
is provided at the following annual rates, on a straight line basis, in order to write down each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life. 
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Land, freehold and leasehold buildings (excluding freehold land) 

2–10% per annum

Fixtures and fittings  

Computer equipment  

Motor vehicles  

10–33% per annum

25–33% per annum

25% per annum

Leasehold improvements are included in land, freehold and leasehold buildings.

Gains and losses arising on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the Income 
Statement. When the gain or loss arising on disposal is significant or material, it is disclosed separately on the Income Statement within other 
income or expenses.

o) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.

p) Financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group classifies its non-derivative financial assets as ‘loans and receivables’ for the purposes of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement. Management determines the classification at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each reporting date.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Loans and 
receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, with changes in carrying value recognised in the Income Statement.

Loans and receivables are classified as current assets if they mature within twelve months of the reporting date, but are otherwise classified as 
non-current assets. The Group’s ‘loans and receivables’ comprise ‘trade and other receivables’ and ‘cash and cash equivalents’, for which further 
information is provided below.

Trade and other receivables
Financial assets within trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount. They are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method (if the time value of money is significant), less provisions made for 
doubtful receivables. Provisions are made specifically, where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous 
losses experienced and general economic conditions.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current balances with banks and similar institutions, and other short-term highly liquid 
investments which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash 
equivalents are offset against bank overdrafts and the net amount is reported in the Balance Sheet when there is a legally enforceable right 
to offset the recognised amounts. Bank overdrafts are otherwise shown as borrowings within current liabilities on the Balance Sheet.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each Balance Sheet date whether a financial asset or Group of financial assets is impaired. Where there is objective 
evidence that an impairment loss has arisen on an asset carried at amortised cost, the carrying amount is reduced and the impairment loss is 
recognised in the Income Statement. The impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present 
value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after 
the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the financial 
asset does not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised at the date the impairment is reversed. 
A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the Income Statement.

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities within trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount. They are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method (if the time value of money is significant).

If due within twelve months or less, the trade or other payable is classified as a current liability. It is otherwise classified as a non-current liability.

81

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Statement of accounting policies continued
Financial liabilities continued
Loans and other borrowings
Loans and other borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts received net of transaction costs. They are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with changes in carrying value recognised in the Income Statement.

Further information is provided below in relation to loans and borrowings in foreign currencies that are designated as a hedge of a net investment 
in a foreign operation.

Loans and other borrowings are classified as current liabilities if they mature within twelve months of the Balance Sheet date, but are otherwise 
classified as non-current liabilities.

Financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency risk, and it also has loans 
and borrowings in foreign currencies that correspond to investments in foreign operations.

Financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting:

The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for financial trading purposes. However, derivative financial instruments that 
do not qualify for hedge accounting (e.g. certain forward currency contracts held by the Group) are classified as ‘held for trading’ for the purposes 
of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, so are initially recognised and subsequently measured at fair value. The gain 
or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised in the Income Statement.

Financial instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting:

To qualify for hedge accounting, a financial instrument must be designated as a hedging instrument at inception, hedge documentation must 
be prepared and the hedge must be expected to be highly effective. The effectiveness of the hedge is then tested at each reporting date, both 
prospectively and retrospectively, and hedge accounting may be continued only if the hedge remains highly effective. Hedge accounting is 
discontinued when the hedging instrument expires, or is sold, terminated or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, or if the Group chooses 
to end the hedge relationship.

A financial instrument designated for hedge accounting is initially recognised at fair value. For cash flow hedges (e.g. interest rate swaps), the 
gains or losses on remeasurement to fair value that correspond to the effective part of the hedge are recognised directly in equity; those that 
correspond to the ineffective part, if any, are recognised in the Income Statement. For net investment hedges (loans and borrowings in foreign 
currencies that are designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation), the translation differences that correspond to the effective 
part of the hedge are recognised directly in equity; those that correspond to the ineffective part, if any, are recognised in the Income Statement.

q) Retirement benefits
The Group does not operate a defined benefit pension scheme.

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes for a number of employees. Contributions to these arrangements are charged in 
the Income Statement in the period in which they are incurred. The Group has no further payment obligation once the contributions have been paid.

r) Share based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled, share based compensation plan, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration 
for equity instruments (share awards and options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share 
awards and options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards 
and options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability and remaining 
as an employee of the entity over a specified time period). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of share 
awards and options that are expected to vest. The total amount expensed is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all 
of the specified existing conditions are to be satisfied. At each Balance Sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of share awards 
and options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the share based payments reserve within equity.

The social security contributions and payment in lieu of dividend payable in connection with the grant of the share awards is considered an integral 
part of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as an equity-settled transaction. The cumulative share based payment charge held in reserves 
is recycled into retained earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are exercised.

s) Operating leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases.

Rentals incurred in respect of operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the Income Statement on a straight 
line basis over the period of the lease.

t) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a 
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (‘Treasury shares’), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are 
cancelled or reissued.

82

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 1. Statement of accounting policies continued
u) Assets held for sale or disposal groups
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through 
a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

v) New standards and interpretations applied
The following new standards, amendments and interpretations have been adopted in the current year: 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS/IAS)

IAS 7

IAS 12

IFRS 12

Disclosure Initiative – Amendments to IAS 7

Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses – Amendments to IAS 12

Annual improvements 2014–2016 cycle

Effective for accounting 
periods starting after

1 January 2017

1 January 2017

1 January 2017

The adoption of these new standards, amendments and interpretations has not led to any changes to the Group’s accounting policies or had any 
other material impact on the financial position or performance of the Group. Other amendments to IFRSs effective for the year starting 1 July 2017 
have no impact on the Group.

w) New standards and interpretations not applied
The International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) have issued new 
standards and interpretations with an effective date after the year starting 1 July 2017.

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS/IAS)

IFRS 2

IFRS 9 

IFRS 15

IFRS 16

IAS 28

Classification and Measurement of Share Based Payment Transactions – Amendments to IFRS 2

Financial Instruments

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Leases

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Effective for accounting
periods starting after

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

Management is currently assessing the impact of the above new standards. During the year to 30 June 2019 the Group will put in place necessary 
processes to capture all of the adjustments and additional disclosures required for those standards taking effect before this date. There are no 
other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard introduces new 
requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities in the Consolidated and Company Financial Statements. The Group has 
conducted an assessment of the impact of this standard and concluded there is not expected to be any significant adjustment required on the 
measurement, presentation or disclosure of financial assets and liabilities in the Consolidated and Company Financial Statements when the 
standard is adopted.

IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers is a new standard providing a single point of reference for revenue recognition, based 
on a five-step model framework, which replaces all existing revenue accounting standards, interpretations and guidance. The major change is the 
requirement to identify and assess the satisfaction of delivery of each performance obligation in contracts in order to recognise revenue. Following 
an assessment of the financial impact of the changes required from the forthcoming adoption of this new standard, the Group does not expect 
there to be any material change to the Consolidated Income Statement of the Group. The Consolidated Balance Sheet will be adjusted by the 
requirement to net-down deferred income against trade receivables for amounts that have been invoiced and where services have not yet been 
provided and amounts are not yet due. This balance sheet adjustment will not affect the net assets of the Group and will involve the reduction of 
both the accounts receivable balance and deferred income.

IFRS 16 – Leases replaces IAS 17 – Leases and prescribes a single lessee accounting model that requires the recognition of a right of use asset 
and corresponding liability for all leases with terms over 12 months unless the underlying asset is of low value. The liability is initially measured at 
the present value of future lease payments for the lease term. Depreciation of right of use assets, and interest on the corresponding lease liabilities 
are recognised in the income statement over the lease term. In the cash flow statement, the total amount of cash paid is separated into a principal 
portion (within financing activities) and an interest portion (within operating activities) in the cash flow statement. The Group’s most significant 
leases relate to property. The undiscounted commitments from non-cancellable operating leases accounted for in accordance with IAS 17 are 
disclosed in note 26. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of this standard and will provide details of the expected impact in the 
results for year ended 30 June 2019.

83

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements2. Measures of profit
a) Reconciliation to profit on continuing activities before tax
To provide shareholders with additional understanding of the trading performance of the Group, adjusted EBITA has been calculated as profit 
before tax after adding back:

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

• 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); 

•  other income – gain on sale of leasehold property; and

• 

finance costs. 

Adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EBITA and adjusted EBITDA reconcile to profit on continuing activities before tax as follows:

Profit before tax 
Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software 

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of leasehold property

Adjusted profit before tax 
Finance costs 

Adjusted operating profit (‘adjusted EBITA’) 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Adjusted EBITA before depreciation (‘adjusted EBITDA’) 

b) Reconciliation to adjusted profit before tax 

Year ended
 30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 
2017 
£’000

3,025

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

22,591

1,969

24,560

917

1,302

26,779

15,862

6,028

2,366

3,468

(6,333)

21,391

1,961

23,352

1,071

1,165

25,588

Adjusted results
June 2018
£’000

Adjusting items
June 2018
£’000

Statutory results
June 2018
£’000

Adjusted results
June 2017
£’000

Adjusting items
 June 2017
£’000

Statutory results
June 2017
£’000

Revenue

122,092

—

122,092

120,329

—

120,329

(96,891)

(641)

(4,573)

(101,464)

—

(641)

(96,425)

(552)

(3,468)

—

(99,893)

(552)

(97,532)

(4,573)

(102,105)

(96,977)

(3,468)

(100,445)

—

—

—

(6,432)

(6,432)

(8,561)

(8,561)

—

24,560

(19,566)

(1,969)

22,591

—

(19,566)

—

4,994

(1,969)

3,025

—

—

—

23,352

(1,961)

21,391

(6,028)

(6,028)

(2,366)

6,333

(5,529)

—

(5,529)

(2,366)

6,333

17,823

(1,961)

15,862

Operating expenses before share 
based payments, amortisation 
of intangible assets excluding 
computer software and impairment

Share based payments

Operating expenses before 
amortisation of intangible assets 
excluding computer software 
and impairment
Amortisation of intangible assets 
excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill 
and intangible assets

Gain on sale of leasehold property

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

84

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 3. Segmental information
In accordance with IFRS 8 the Group’s operating segments are based on the operating results reviewed by the Board, which represents the chief 
operating decision maker. 

The Group’s organisational structure reflects the main communities to which it provides information, education and networking. The three divisions 
(Risk & Compliance, Professional and Healthcare) are the Group’s segments and generate all of the Group’s revenue. 

The Board considers the business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, management considers the performance 
of the Group between the UK, North America, Europe (excluding the UK) and the Rest of the World.

The reported segmental revenue and contribution in the year ended 30 June 2017 have been restated to reflect a reallocation between the 
Professional and Healthcare divisions. This reallocation is in respect of events now managed by the Healthcare division that were previously 
reported in the Professional division.

a) Business segments

Risk & Compliance 

Healthcare

Professional

Group total

Unallocated central overheads

Share based payments

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software 

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of leasehold property

Finance costs 

Profit before tax 
Taxation 

Profit for the financial year 

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2018
£’000

Profit
 Year ended
30 June 2018
£’000

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2017
Restated
£’000

Profit
Year ended
30 June 2017
Restated
£’000

42,860

44,681

34,551

122,092

—

—

122,092

42,272

42,523

35,534

120,329

—

—

120,329

12,899

9,899

6,230

29,028

(3,827)

(641)

24,560

(6,432)

(8,561)

(4,573)

—

(1,969)

3,025

(2,763)

262

12,265

9,425

6,144

27,834

(3,930)

(552)

23,352

(6,028)

(2,366)

(3,468)

6,333

(1,961)

15,862

(2,988)

12,874

There are no intra-segmental revenues which are material for disclosure. Unallocated central overheads represent central costs that are not 
specifically allocated to segments. Total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment are not presented; as such, information is not provided 
to the Board.

b) Segmental information by geography
The UK is the Group’s country of domicile and the Group generates the majority of its revenue from external customers in the UK. 
The geographical analysis of revenue is on the basis of the country of origin in which the customer is invoiced:

UK 

Europe (excluding the UK)

North America 

Rest of the World 

Total revenue

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

72,034

20,756

18,314

10,988

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

68,588

18,049

22,863

10,829

122,092

120,329

85

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements4. Profit from continuing operations
a) Profit for the year from continuing operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – included in operating expenses 

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Rentals under operating leases

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Gain on sale of leasehold property

Foreign exchange (gain)/loss (including forward currency contracts) 

Fees payable to the auditors for the audit of the Company and consolidated financial statements 

Fees payable to the auditors and their associates for other services:

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– Audit related and other assurance services 

– Tax compliance services 

– Other services 

Year ended
 30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 
2017 
£’000

917

1,302

(11)

2,942

641

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

(229)

117

183

74

5

—

1,071

1,165

(20)

1,568

552

6,028

2,366

3,468

(6,333)

50

110

173

142

8

47

b) Adjusting items
The following items have been charged to the Income Statement during the year but are considered to be adjusting so are shown separately:

Costs relating to successful and aborted acquisitions, disposals and integration

Increase in liability for deferred consideration 

Adjusting items relating to property portfolio review and IT infrastructure transformation

Restructuring and rationalisation costs 

Other adjusting items (included in operating expenses)
Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (note 12)

Total adjusting items (classified in profit before tax)

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

721

330

1,051

3,090

432

4,573

6,432

8,561

19,566

1,569

54

1,623

1,027

818

3,468

6,028

2,366

11,862

Successful and aborted acquisitions relate to the acquisition of Interactive Medica and other aborted acquisitions. The increase in the liability for 
deferred consideration relates to adjustments to deferred consideration in respect of SWAT Group Limited (‘SWAT’) and Evantage Consulting Limited.

Costs associated with property portfolio review and IT infrastructure transformation relate to a review of the London property portfolio; see note 4c 
for further details.

Restructuring and rationalisation costs include the remaining implementation costs of Project Sixth Gear and one-off costs associated with the 
recruitment of new Board members.

Onerous lease and related exit costs relate to the relocation of the Practice Track business from its Bristol office to existing premises occupied 
by businesses held in the Professional division. 

c) Property portfolio review
During the year ended 30 June 2017 Wilmington performed a review of its London property portfolio; on the back of this it sold the leasehold 
interest in its Underwood Street London premises for a £7.3m cash consideration. This resulted in a gain on sale of £6.3m. At the same time as 
disposing of its leasehold interest, Wilmington entered into a new ten year market rate lease for London Head Office premises near Aldgate. 
The Aldgate premises became the address of its registered office on 15 December 2017.

86

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 4. Profit from continuing operations continued
c) Property portfolio review continued
The items which have been charged to profit or loss during the year in relation to this review are as follows:

Operating expenses – adjusting items relating to the property portfolio review:

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Rent, rates and legal and professional fees relating to new Aldgate lease

Relocation and fit-out costs incurred on occupation of Aldgate premises 

Redundancy and implementation costs relating to IT infrastructure transformation

Accelerated depreciation of property, plant and equipment on sale of Underwood Street leasehold property

Accelerated depreciation of computer equipment relating to IT infrastructure transformation

Cost to surrender Old Broad Street lease

Onerous lease on property in Kent

Total adjusting items relating to property portfolio review

1,317

315

1,026

322

110

—

—

3,090

Note 26 Commitments includes the minimum lease commitments associated with the London property portfolio review. 

Year ended 30 June 2018

Year ended 30 June 2017

Cost of sales
£’000

Administration
£’000 

Total
£’000 

Cost of sales 
£’000

Administration 
£’000 

90,845

917

1,302

93,064

1,933

2,038

1,272

1,189

—

—

4,468

—

—

4,468

—

—

—

—

8,561

4,573

95,313

917

90,906

976

1,302

1,165

97,532

1,933

2,038

1,272

1,189

8,561

4,573

93,047

1,897

1,947

893

1,291

830

—

99,496

17,602

117,098

99,905

3,835

95

—

3,930

—

—

—

—

1,536

3,468

8,934

5. Operating expenses

Operating expenses before depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets 
– computer software 

Operating expenses before amortisation 
of intangible assets excluding computer 
software and impairment
Amortisation of intangible assets – databases

Amortisation of intangible assets – customer 
relationships

Amortisation of intangible assets – brands

Amortisation of intangible assets – publishing 
rights and titles

Goodwill and intangibles impairment charge (note 12)

Other adjusting items (note 4)

Operating expenses

6. Finance costs

Finance costs comprise:
Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Amortisation of capitalised loan arrangement fees

514

—

—

85

—

231

197

1,027

Total
£’000 

94,741

1,071

1,165

96,977

1,897

1,947

893

1,291

2,366

3,468

108,839

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

1,804

165

1,969

1,814

147

1,961

87

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements7. Taxation

Current tax:
UK corporation tax at current rates on UK profits for the year 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Foreign tax

Adjustment in respect of previous years 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax credit

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate

Total deferred tax 

Taxation

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year:

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

2,351

63

2,414

1,114

(41)

3,487

(765)

41

(724)

2,763

3,225

103

3,328

1,067

(43)

4,352

(1,247)

(117)

(1,364)

2,988

The effective tax rate is higher (2017: lower) than the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2017: 19.75%). The differences are 
explained below:

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax in the year of 19.00% (2017: 19.75%) 

Tax effects of:
Impairment of goodwill not deductible for tax purposes

Foreign tax rate differences 

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Reduced effective rate on gain on sale of leasehold property

Other items not subject to tax

Effect on deferred tax of change of corporation tax rate 

Taxation 

Year ended 
30 June 
2018
£’000

3,025

575

1,627

384

22

—

114

41

Year ended 
30 June 
2017
 £’000

15,862

3,133

303

312

59

(817)

115

(117)

2,763

2,988

On 26 October 2015, the UK corporation tax rate was reduced from 20% to 19% from 1 April 2017 and a further change was announced on 
23 November 2016 to reduce the rate from 19% to 17% from 1 April 2020. On 1 January 2018 the US corporate tax rate was reduced from 35% to 
21%. These changes have been substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date and are reflected in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the periods of the reversal. Deferred tax balances at 30 June 2018 have been 
calculated using the above rates giving rise to a reduction in the net deferred tax liability of £41,000 (2017: £117,000).

The Company’s profits for this accounting year are taxed at an effective rate of 23.8% (2017: 16.4%).

Included in other comprehensive income are a tax credit of £80,000 (2017: charge £106,000) and a tax charge of £42,000 (2017: credit £97,000) 
relating to the interest rate swaps and net investment hedges respectively. 

The tax effect of adjusting items as disclosed in note 9 is a credit of £1,876,000 (2017: £1,757,000). 

88

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 8. Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to owners of the parent in the year:

Final dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Interim dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Total dividends paid 

Final dividend proposed 

Year ended
30 June
2018
pence per share

Year ended
30 June
2017
pence per share

Year ended
30 June
2018
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2017
£’000

4.6

4.0

4.8

4.3

3.9

4.6

4,019

3,495

7,514

4,194

3,749

3,401

7,150

4,011

9. Earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share has been calculated using adjusted earnings calculated as profit after taxation and non-controlling interests 
but before:

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

• 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); and

•  other income – gain on sale of leasehold property.

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings from continuing operations for the purpose of basic earnings per share 

Add/(remove):

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of leasehold property

Tax effect of adjustments above

Adjusted earnings for the purposes of adjusted earnings per share 

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

215

12,836

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

(1,876)

17,905

6,028

2,366

3,468

(6,333)

(1,757)

16,608

Number 

Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic and adjusted earnings per share 

87,379,469

87,193,340

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Future exercise of share awards and options

645,240

611,052

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted and adjusted diluted earnings per share  88,024,709

87,804,393

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted basic earnings per share (‘Adjusted Earnings Per Share’) 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

0.25p

0.24p

20.49p

20.34p

14.72p

14.62p

19.05p

18.91p

10. Results of Wilmington plc
Wilmington plc, the parent company, recorded a profit of £7,001,000 (2017: £8,058,000) during the year.

89

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements11. Acquisitions and disposals
The below acquisitions have been financed out of the £75.0m multi-currency revolving credit facility.

a) Non-controlling interest acquired – July 2017
In July 2017 the Group purchased the remaining 20% shareholding in Central Law Training (Scotland) Limited for £335,000 making it a wholly 
owned subsidiary.

b) Acquisition – Interactive Medica S.L. group of companies – 12 February 2018
On 12 February 2018 Wilmington Insight Limited, ‘the buyer’, acquired the entire issued share capital of Interactive Medica S.L. group of 
companies (‘IM’), a pan-European provider of cloud based software solutions to life sciences companies, designed to support their commercial 
effectiveness specifically in key account management (‘KAM’), multichannel marketing (‘MCM’) and analytics. Interactive Medica was acquired 
for an initial consideration of €2,822,986 (£2,486,387) with a subsequent adjustment for working capital of €282,082 (£248,448) payable to 
Wilmington Insight Limited.

Deferred consideration of up to €1,600,000 is potentially payable in cash subject to the continued employment of a key member of the 
management team and IM achieving a challenging revenue target over the two year period ended 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019.

Acquisition related costs of £497,302 have been expensed as an adjusting item in the Income Statement (see note 4b).

IM is a complementary addition to the Wilmington Healthcare offering, providing robust technology that will strengthen their existing solutions 
and giving greater competitive advantage through a single platform with enhanced data and insights.

Details of the fair value of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill for the acquisition are as follows:

Purchase consideration:

Initial consideration

Final working capital adjustment

Total consideration

The provisional fair values of assets and liabilities recognised as a result of this acquisition are as follows:

Intangible assets – customer relationships – subscribers

Intangible assets – databases

Intangible assets – brand

Intangible assets – computer software

Total intangible assets (see note 13)
Property, plant and equipment

Current tax asset

Trade and other receivables (net of allowances)

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Subscriptions and deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities

Net identifiable assets acquired
Goodwill (see note 12)

Net assets acquired

£’000

 2,486 

 (248) 

 2,238 

£’000

514 

611 

348 

55

1,528 
12

11

164 

643

(281) 

(168) 

(259) 

1,650 
588 

2,238 

The goodwill is attributable to the expected cost and revenue synergies that will be achieved by integrating the bespoke IM software, established 
client base, and the solid client relationships held by the experienced and stable workforce. These synergies will enable the Wilmington Healthcare 
businesses to enhance their existing product offerings in the UK as well as increase its ability to access other European markets.

The estimated useful economic life of the intangibles is as follows:

Intangible assets – customer relationships – subscribers 

Intangible assets – databases 

Intangible assets – brand 

Intangible assets – computer software 

6 years

5 years

5 years

3 years

The acquired business contributed revenues of £554,863 and a loss of £46,409 to the Group for the period from the date of acquisition 
to 30 June 2018; this equates to a four and a half months’ revenue and contribution.

90

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
12. Goodwill

Cost
At 1 July 2016

Additions 

Reallocation

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2017

Additions 

Fair value adjustment

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated impairment
At 30 June 2016

Impairment

At 30 June 2017

Impairment

At 30 June 2018

Net book amount

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 30 June 2016 

£’000

93,387

14,931

1,281

589

110,188

588

(762)

(190)

109,824

22,624

1,536

24,160

8,561

32,721

77,103

86,028

70,763

The fair value adjustment relates to a change in the provisional value of the deferred tax liability arising on the acquisition of Health Services Journal 
in the year ended 30 June 2017.

Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there are 
indications that goodwill may be impaired. Impairment reviews were performed by comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the recoverable 
amount of the cash generating units (‘CGU’) to which goodwill has been allocated. Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are the higher 
of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use.

The value in use calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by the Board covering a three 
year period. These pre-tax cash flows beyond the three year period are extrapolated using estimated long-term growth rates.

Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, cash flow forecasts and long-term growth rates. 
Management has used a pre-tax discount rate of 12.3% (2017: 12.3%) across all CGUs in the UK except for the CLT CGU which had a pre-tax 
discount rate of 13.3% (2017: 13.3%) to reflect the greater market challenges and risks. A pre-tax discount rate of 13.5% (2016: 13.5%) has been 
used for Compliance Week and FRA that both operate in North America. These pre-tax discount rates reflect current market assessments for 
the time value of money and the risks associated with the CGUs as the Group manages its treasury function on a Group-wide basis. 

The same discount rate has been used for all CGUs except CLT, Compliance Week and FRA as the Directors believe that the risks are the same 
for each other CGU. The long-term growth rates used are based on management’s expectations of future changes in the markets for each CGU 
and are 2.0% (2016: 2.0%).

Management’s impairment calculations based upon the above assumptions show ample headroom with the exception of CLT, Compliance Week 
and HSJ. 

CGU

HSJ

Axco and Pendragon

CLT

ICT
Others

30 June
2018
£’000

12,105

11,150

—
7,972

45,876

77,103

30 June
2017
£’000

12,867

11,150

8,563

7,972
45,476

86,028

91

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements12. Goodwill continued
Impairment of CLT
CLT continues to be impacted by the removal of requirement for CPD hours for lawyers in England and Wales which came into full effect in 
October 2017. In recognition of these market conditions we are changing the focus of the business, reducing CPD related networking events and 
investing in online learning programmes that we believe offer a sustainable growth opportunity. Recognising these changes, which have occurred 
during the year, it was concluded that the future economic benefit in the business and hence the value that we still believe exists in CLT do not derive 
from the historical assets purchased in 1999 which the acquired goodwill was attributable to. On this basis the goodwill relating to CLT has been 
fully impaired resulting in a £8.6m non-cash impairment expense included in operating expenses as an adjusting item in the Income Statement.

Compliance Week
For Compliance Week, the value in use exceeds the carrying value by 17% (2017: 27%). The reduction in headroom is largely as a result of changes 
in the assumptions of ongoing investment requirements in the business. The impairment review of Compliance Week is sensitive to a reasonably 
possible change in the key assumptions used, most notably the projected cash flows and the pre-tax discount rate. The value in use exceeds the 
carrying value unless any of the assumptions are changed as follows:

•  a decrease in the projected operating cash flows of 17.0% in each of the next three years; or

•  an increase in the pre-tax discount from 13.5% to 15.5%.

HSJ
Given the lower than expected performance of HSJ in the year, consideration was given as to whether this was an indication of a permanent 
diminution in value. This was despite the value in use calculation exceeding the carrying value by 50%. Having reviewed the matter, management 
has concluded that there is no indication of permanent diminution as there is acceptable headroom and the lower than expected performance 
was driven by specific in-year circumstances that are temporary and expected to reverse. As such it has concluded that no impairment is required 
at this time. 

Significant restructuring and integration has already been undertaken in the year to bring the UK healthcare assets, including HSJ, into a single UK 
Healthcare business. As these integration activities are expected to complete in early FY19 we will be unable to identify the cash flows generated 
by HSJ independently from the other UK Healthcare businesses. On this basis going forward HSJ will be included in a single UK Healthcare CGU. 

Management performed sensitivities and there were no reasonable possible changes in assumptions that could lead to an impairment.

92

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 13. Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2016

Additions 

Acquisitions

Reallocation

Disposals

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2017

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

Computer
software
£’000

Databases
£’000

Customer
relationships
£’000

Brands
£’000

10,715

—

4,240

(1,672)

—

58

Publishing
rights and titles
£’000

29,919

—

—

—

—

370

Total
£’000

82,975

1,599

10,207

(1,281)

(15)

589

16,116

—

—

—

—

27

18,023

—

5,839

391

—

102

16,143

24,355

13,341

30,289

94,074

—

611

—

—

(13)

—

514

—

—

(67)

—

348

—

—

(56)

—

—

—

—

—

1,934

2,056

(2,161)

(111)

(134)

8,202

1,599

128

—

(15)

32

9,946

1,934

583

(2,161)

(111)

2

At 30 June 2018

10,193

16,741

24,802

13,633

30,289

95,658

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2016

Charge for the year

Acquisitions

Impairment

Disposals

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2018

Net book amount

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 30 June 2016

5,636

1,165

115

86

(14)

16

7,004

1,302

528

(2,161)

(53)

22

8,197

1,897

—

—

—

16

10,110

1,933

—

—

—

5

12,935

1,947

—

—

—

105

14,987

2,038

—

—

—

71

3,142

893

—

—

—

153

4,188

1,272

—

—

—

36

24,027

1,291

—

744

—

(188)

25,874

1,189

—

—

—

8

53,937

7,193

115

830

(14)

102

62,163

7,734

528

(2,161)

(53)

142

6,642

12,048

17,096

5,496

27,071

68,353

3,551

2,942

2,566

4,693

6,033

7,919

7,706

9,368

5,088

8,137

9,153

7,573

3,218

4,415

5,892

27,305

31,911

29,038

Included within computer software are assets under construction that have not yet been amortised with a net book amount of £223,000 
(2017: £142,000).

93

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements14. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2016 

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals 

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2017

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals 

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2016 

Charge for the year 

Disposals

Acquisitions

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year 

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2018

Net book amount

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017 

At 30 June 2016 

Land, freehold
and leasehold
buildings
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings 
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Motor
 vehicles
 £’000

5,950 

—

—

(2,789)

—

3,161

2,122

—

—

—

—

4,117 

775

341

(10)

16

5,239

436

119

(1,760)

—

(1)

4,032 

416

340

(520)

24

4,292

787

123

(1,289)

(11)

(2)

487 

109

87

(149)

—

534

68

—

(142)

—

—

Total
 £’000

14,586 

1,300

768

(3,468)

40

13,226

3,413

242

(3,191)

(11)

(3)

5,283

4,033

3,900

460

13,676

2,879 

151

(2,210)

—

—

820

142

—

(3)

—

—

3,187 

540

(10)

227

12

3,956

649

116

(1,760)

—

—

3,675 

275

(520)

315

22

3,767

468

114

(1,289)

(2)

1

959

2,961

3,059

4,324

2,341

3,071

1,072

1,283

930 

841

525

357 

217 

105

(126)

43

—

239

90

—

(95)

—

—

234

226

295

270 

9,958 

1,071

(2,866)

585

34

8,782

1,349

230

(3,147)

(2)

1

7,213

6,463

4,444

4,628 

Included in land, freehold and leasehold buildings is £970,000 (2017: £970,000) of non-depreciated land. 

Included within additions to property, plant and equipment is £2,371,000 of leasehold improvements, furniture and computer equipment relating 
to the London Head Office move to premises near Aldgate. Also included in additions to land, freehold and leasehold buildings is £324,000 
relating to a provision for asset retirement costs in relation to the leasehold improvements on the London Head Office premises.

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment includes £432,000 of accelerated depreciation on assets disposed of on the exit of the 
Underwood Street leasehold property in December 2017 and in relation to the IT infrastructure outsourcing. The decision to exit the leasehold 
property triggered a review, and subsequent reduction, of the useful economic lives of assets held at the property. On disposal, the net book value 
of these assets was £nil, and the portion of depreciation arising on the reduction in useful economic lives of these assets is shown within other 
adjusting items (included in operating expenses) within the Income Statement. The remaining £917,000 depreciation is included in operating 
expenses within the Income Statement.

94

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 14. Property, plant and equipment continued

Company

Cost
At 30 June 2016

Disposals

At 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018

Accumulated depreciation
At 30 June 2016 

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018

Net book amount

At 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2016

15. Assets held for sale

Intangible assets – computer software

Property, plant and equipment 

Prepayments and accrued income

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets held for sale

Leasehold
buildings
£’000

2,789

(2,789)

—

2,115

95

(2,210)

—

—

674

30 June
2017
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

30 June
2018
£’000

58

9

6

244

317

Assets presented as held for sale relate to International Company Profile, the credit reporting business held within the Risk & Compliance 
division. On 18 July 2018 Wilmington Publishing and Information Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington plc) sold the trade and assets 
of International Company Profile, including its 100% shareholding in International Company Profile FZ LLC, the statutory entity incorporated 
in Dubai, to its management team. The £3.0m consideration in respect of the sale will be paid in instalments over the next five years. 

16. Investments in subsidiaries

Company

Cost less provision at 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2018 

Shares in
subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

49,420

The following table gives brief details of the entities controlled and included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group at 30 June 2018. 
Except where indicated, all of the entities are incorporated in and principally operated in the UK. Subsidiaries marked * are directly owned by 
Wilmington plc; all other subsidiaries are indirectly owned. Subsidiaries marked ** are companies limited by guarantee, have no ordinary shares 
and are controlled indirectly by Wilmington plc. Subsidiaries marked + have claimed audit exemptions for the year to 30 June 2018 under Section 
479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Name of company

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

Adkins, Matchett & Toy (Hong Kong) Limited 
(incorporated and operates in Hong Kong) 
Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited+
Adkins, Matchett & Toy Limited (incorporated and operates in the US)  n/a
n/a
APM International SAS (incorporated and operates in France) 

n/a 

3402949

APM Media SARL (incorporated and operates in France) 

Applied Research & Knowledge (‘ARK’) PTE Limited 
(incorporated and operates in Singapore) 
Ark Conferences Limited+

n/a

n/a

HAL

Provision of professional training

WCH
WES
AVE

AVE

ROB

Provision of professional training
Provision of professional training
News information services to the 
healthcare industry
News information services to the 
healthcare industry
Dormant

2931372

WCH

Provision of information and events for 
professional practice management

100

100
100
100

100

100

100

95

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements16. Investments in subsidiaries continued

Name of company

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

Ark Group Inc. (incorporated and operates in the US) 

n/a

Ark Group Limited+
Ark Publishing Limited
Axco Insurance Information Services Limited+

Bond Solon Training Limited+
Central Law Management Limited
Central Law Training Limited+

3023875
3795674
3073807

2271977
2437276
2158821

WNA

WCH
WCH
WCH

WCH
WCH
WCH

Central Law Training (Scotland) Limited+

SC187504

TON

CLT International Limited+
Evantage Consulting Limited

HCP Consulting Limited
ICA Audit Limited+

Interactive Medica AB

6309789
4297858

WCH
WCH

04160769 WCH
04519229 WCH

n/a

GRV

Interactive Medica Limited 

05947851 WCH

Interactive Medica SL

International Company Profile FZ LLC (Middle East) 
(incorporated and operates in Dubai)
International Compliance Association**+

International Compliance Training (Middle East) LLC 
(incorporated and operates in UAE)
International Compliance Training Academy PTE Limited 
(incorporated and operates in Singapore) 
International Compliance Training Limited+

JMH Publishing Limited+

n/a

n/a

ALC

ATT

4429302

WCH

n/a

n/a 

IND

ROB

4363296

WCH

4097904

WCH

La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited (incorporated 
and operates in Ireland) 
Mercia Group Limited+

n/a

CAP

1464141

WCH

Mercia Ireland Limited (incorporated and operates in Ireland) 

n/a 

CAP

Mercia NI Limited+

NHIS Limited*+

Pendragon Professional Information Limited
Practice Track Limited+ 

Quorum Courses Limited

96

NI038498

CLO

5997573

WCH

3612096
WCH
2290840 WCH

2623737

WCH

Provision of information and events for 
professional practice management
Holding company
Dormant
Provision of international compliance 
and regulatory information for the 
global insurance industry
Witness training and conferences
Dormant
Professional education, post- 
qualification training and legal 
conferences
Professional education, 
post-qualification training 
and legal conferences
Certified professional training
Consultancy to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Dormant
Facilitation of ISO certification 
for businesses 
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Provision of financial information

Professional association; 
a not-for-profit organisation
Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Provider of specialist and 
accredited online education for 
the healthcare industry
Witness and post-qualification 
legal training
Training and support services to the 
accountancy profession
Training and support services to the 
accountancy profession
Training and support services to the 
accountancy profession
Provision of business intelligence, data 
analysis, workflow tools and other 
services to the healthcare industry
Dormant
Marketing support services for the 
accountancy profession
Dormant

100

100
100
100

100
100
100

100

100
100

100
100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100

100

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 16. Investments in subsidiaries continued

Name of company

Quorum International Limited
Quorum Training Limited
Smee and Ford Limited+
SWAT Group Limited
SWAT Holdings Limited+
SWAT UK Limited

The Matchett Group Limited+
Waterlow Information Services Limited
WCLTS**

Wilmington Compliance Week Inc.  
(incorporated and operates in the US)
Wilmington Finance Limited+ 
Wilmington FRA Inc. (incorporated and operates in the US)

Wilmington Group Limited
Wilmington Healthcare Limited+

Wilmington Holdings No 1 Limited* 
Wilmington Holdings US Inc.  
(incorporated and operates in the US)
Wilmington Inese SL (incorporated and operates in Spain)

Wilmington Insight Limited+
Wilmington Legal Limited+
Wilmington Millennium Limited+
Wilmington plc Employee Share Ownership Trust
Wilmington Publishing & Information Limited

Wilmington Risk & Compliance Limited
Wilmington Shared Services Limited

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

4110814
2096887
1964639
9572812
6276353
3041771

WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH

WCH
1221570
2779805
WCH
SC263368 WCH

n/a

4461497
n/a

ORA

WCH
ORA

2942046 WCH
WCH
2530185

8313253
n/a

n/a 

2691102
2522603
8069752
n/a
3368442

2787083
8314442

WCH
ORA

AGP

WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH

WCH
WCH

Dormant
Dormant
Provision of legacy information
Holding company
Holding company
Training and support services to the 
accountancy profession
Holding company
Dormant
Professional association;  
a not-for-profit organisation
Provision of international compliance 
and regulatory information in the US
Holding company
Conference and networking 
provider of specialist events 
in healthcare and finance
Dormant
Provision of reference information 
to the healthcare industry
Holding company
Holding company

Provision of Spanish language 
subscription based publications
Holding company
Holding company
Provision of legacy information
Trust
Provision of information and events 
for professional markets
Dormant
Provision of shared services

100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100

100

100
100

100
100

100
100

100

100
100
91.25
n/a
100

100
100

Wilmington Publishing & Information Limited owns 91.25% of Wilmington Millennium Limited. In July 2017 the Group purchased the remaining 20% 
shareholding in Central Law Training (Scotland) Limited for £335,000, making it a wholly owned subsidiary. The Wilmington plc Employee Share 
Option Trust is controlled by Wilmington plc.

The registered company addresses for each subsidiary undertaking are abbreviated as shown below.

Registered address

Abbreviation

10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS

Tontine House, 8 Gordon Street, Glasgow, Scotland G1 3PL

1209 Orange Street, Delaware 19801

Haleson Building, 1 Jubilee Street, Central Hong Kong

33 Avenue de la republique, 75011 Paris

146 Robinson Road, #08-01, Singapore 068909

Al Thuraya Tower 2, Shekh Zayed Road, Dubai

Indigo Tower, Jumeirah Lakes Towers, PO Box 75873, Dubai

The Capel Building, Mary’s Abbey, Dublin 7, Ireland

Cloughoge Business Park, Newry, Countydown, Northern Ireland

147 West 35th Street, Suite 1802, New York

333 West North Avenue, Suite 373, Chicago

Avda.del General Peron, 27 – 10 Plta, Madrid

Calle Alcalá 87, 3º Izda, Madrid, 28009

Grev Magnigatan 5, 11455 Stockholm

WCH

TON

ORA

HAL

AVE

ROB

ATT

IND

CAP

CLO

WES

WNA

AGP

ALC

GRV

97

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements17. Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade receivables 

Prepayments and other receivables 

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Group

Company

30 June 
2018 
£’000

22,869

5,364

—

28,233

30 June 
2017 
£’000

23,207

5,237

—

28,444

 30 June 
2018
£’000

—

149

91,578

91,727

 30 June 
2017
£’000

—

49

84,814

84,863

Amounts due from all subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

18. Derivative financial investments

Group and Company

30 June 
2018 
£’000

30 June 
2017 
£’000

113

— 

(356)

(662)

30 June 
2017
£’000

2,395

—

25,942

28,337

30 June 
2017 
£’000

4,761

4,761

15,000

(428)

14,572

Non-current assets
Interest rate swaps – maturing in November 2020

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swaps – maturing in November 2020

Details of these derivative financial assets and liabilities are set out in note 21.

19. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables

Subscriptions and deferred revenue

Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Group

Company

30 June 
2018 
£’000

26,368

24,746

—

51,114

30 June 
2017 
£’000

25,357

26,973

—

52,330

30 June 
2018
£’000

716

—

36,144

36,860

Amounts due to subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

20. Borrowings

Current liability
Bank overdrafts 

Non-current liability
Bank loans 

Capitalised loan arrangement fees

Bank loans net of loan arrangement fees

Group

Company

30 June 
2018
 £’000

—

—

50,665

(285)

50,380

30 June 
2017
 £’000

925

925

49,781

(428)

49,353

30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,992

1,992

16,122

(285)

15,837

At 30 June 2018 the Group was in a net credit position in respect of its bank overdrafts. This position comprised of the net of gross overdraft 
balances of £9.0m (2017: £13.2m) and cash positions of £10.1m (2017: £12.3m) held at Barclays Bank PLC in certain UK companies included 
in the offsetting agreement.

The £143,000 decrease in capitalised loan arrangement fees reflects an amortisation charge of £165,000 (2017: £147,000) and additions 
of £22,000 (2017: nil). 

98

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 21. Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s financial instruments arise from its operations (for example, trade receivables and trade payables), from the financing of its operations 
(for example, loans and borrowings and equity) and from its risk management activities (for example, interest rate swaps and forward currency 
contracts). The risks to which the Group is exposed include interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, liquidity and capital risk, and credit risk.

Interest rate risk
Risk
The Group financing arrangements include external debt that is subject to a variable interest rate. The Group is consequently exposed to cash flow 
volatility arising from fluctuations in market interest rates applicable to that external finance. In particular, interest is charged on the £51m (2017: £50m) 
amount drawn down on the revolving credit facility at a rate of between 1.50 and 2.25% above LIBOR depending upon leverage. Cash flow volatility 
therefore arises from movements in the LIBOR interest rates. Any undrawn amounts are charged a commitment fee at a rate of 0.9% (2017: 0.9%). 

Group policy
The Group policy is to enter into interest rate swap contracts to maintain the ratio of fixed to variable rate debt at a level that achieves a reasonable 
cost of debt whilst reducing the exposure to cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in market interest rates.

Risk management arrangements
The Group’s interest rate swap contracts offset part of its variable interest payments and replace them with fixed payments. In particular, the Group 
has hedged its exposure to the LIBOR part of the interest rate for a £21m (2017: £21m) portion of the loan facility via an interest rate swap, as follows:

•  a $7.5m interest rate swap commencing on 13 July 2015 and ending on 1 July 2020, whereby the Group receives interest on $7.5m based 

on the USD LIBOR rate and pays interest on $7.5m at a fixed rate of 1.79%; and

•  a £15.0m interest rate swap commencing on 22 November 2016 and ending on 1 July 2020, whereby the Group receives interest on £15m 

based on LIBOR rate and pays interest on £15m at a fixed rate of 2.00%.

These derivatives have been designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The net settlement of interest on the interest rate swap, 
which comprises a variable rate interest receipt and a fixed rate interest payment, is recorded in finance costs in the Income Statement and so is 
matched against the corresponding variable rate interest payment on the revolving credit facility. The derivatives are remeasured at fair value at 
each reporting date. This gives rise to a gain or loss, the entire amount of which is recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) following the 
Directors’ assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Sensitivity analysis
The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the estimated charge to the Income Statement and other comprehensive income 
arising from a 100 basis points (‘bps’) increase in market interest rates applicable at 30 June 2018, with all other variables remaining constant. 
The sensitivity analysis makes the following assumptions:

•  changes in market interest rates only affect interest income or expense of variable financial instruments;

•  changes in market interest rates only affect interest income or expense in relation to financial instruments with fixed interest rates if they are 

recognised at fair value; and

•  changes in market interest rates do not affect the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments and all 

interest rate hedges are expected to be highly effective.

Variable rate debt

Interest rate swap

Income 
Statement
100 bps 
increase
£’000

(315)
—

(315)

OCI
 100 bps 
increase
£’000

—

207

207

Foreign currency risk
Risk
The currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates is Sterling, and this is also the currency in which the Group 
presents its financial statements. However, the Group has significant Euro and US Dollar linked cash flows arising from international trading 
and overseas operations. The Group is consequently exposed to cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in the applicable exchange rates 
for converting Euros and US Dollars to Sterling.

Group policy
The Group policy is to fix the exchange rate in relation to a periodically reassessed set percentage of expected Euro and US Dollar net cash 
inflows arising from international trading, by entering into foreign currency contracts to sell a specified amount of Euros or US Dollars on a 
specified future date at a specified exchange rate. This set percentage is approved by the Board as part of the budgeting process and upon 
the acquisition of foreign operations.

The Group policy is to finance investment in overseas operations from borrowings in the local currency of the relevant operation, so as to achieve 
a natural hedge of the foreign currency translation risk. This natural hedge is designated as a net investment hedge for accounting purposes. 
Debt of $19.2m (2017: $18.2m) and €2.3m (2017: nil) has been designated as a net investment hedge relating to the Group’s interest in Compliance 
Week, FRA and Interactive Medica. 

99

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Foreign currency risk continued
Risk management arrangements
The following forward contracts were entered into in order to provide certainty in Sterling terms of 80% of the Group’s expected net US Dollar 
and Euro income:

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold €1.0m to 15 November 2017 at a rate of 1.1379

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold €1.5m to 15 January 2018 at a rate of 1.1360

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold €2.5m to 16 April 2018 at a rate of 1.1333

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold $3.0m to 16 October 2017 at a rate of 1.3027

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold $3.0m to 15 March 2018 at a rate of 1.3085

•  On 3 July 2017, the Group sold $4.0m to 16 April 2018 at a rate of 1.3100

The above derivatives are re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. This gives rise to a gain or loss, the entire amount of which is 
recognised in the Income Statement.

The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the estimated credit/(charge) to the Income Statement and other comprehensive 
income arising from a 10% difference in the US Dollar to Sterling and Euro to Sterling exchange rates applicable at 30 June 2018, with all other 
variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis makes the assumption that changes in foreign currency rates only affect income, expense, 
assets and liabilities that are denominated in the relevant currencies.

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables (including the effect of forward currency contracts)

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedges

Profit before tax arising overseas

Income Statement

OCI

+10%* 
£’000 

(224)

(38)

—

—

(771)

(1,033)

-10%* 
£’000 

274

46 

—

—

942

1,262

+10%* 
£’000 

—

—

(213)

1,503

—

1,290

-10%* 
£’000 

—

—

260

(1,836)

—

(1,576)

* 

+10% represents Sterling value appreciating compared with other currencies. -10% represents Sterling value depreciating compared with other currencies.

Liquidity and capital risk
Risk
The Group has historically expanded its operations both organically and via acquisition, financed partly by retained profits but also via external 
finance. As well as financing cash outflows, the Group’s activities give rise to working capital obligations and other operational cash outflows. 
The Group is consequently exposed to the risk that it cannot meet its obligations as they fall due, or can only meet them at an uneconomic price.

Group policy
The Group policy is to preserve a strong capital base in order to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to safeguard the 
future development of the business, but also to balance these objectives with the efficient use of capital by using medium and short-term debt. 
The Group has, in previous years, made purchases of its own shares whilst taking into account the availability of credit.

Risk management arrangements
The Group ensures its liquidity is maintained by entering into short, medium and long-term financial instruments to support operational and other 
funding requirements. The Group determines its liquidity requirements by the use of short and long-term cash forecasts.

On 1 July 2015 the Group extended its £65m revolving credit facility with Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 
through to 1 July 2020. On 17 January 2017 £20m of the accordion facility was triggered, increasing the total unsecured bank facility to £85m. 
This extension was made to fund the acquisition of HSJ. The extended facility comprised a revolving credit facility of £80.0m and an overdraft 
facility across the Group of £5.0m. On 24 November 2017 the revolving credit facility was reduced by £10.0m to £75.0m, to decrease the non-utilised 
portion and the associated non-utilisation fee. 

The Group had available an undrawn revolving credit facility as follows:

Expiring within one year 

Expiring after more than one year

100

30 June 
2018 
£’000

—

19,335

30 June 
2017 
£’000

—

30,219

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity and capital risk continued
Risk management arrangements continued
The following tables provide a maturity analysis of the remaining contractually agreed cash flows for the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities 
on an undiscounted basis, which therefore differ from the carrying value and fair value:

Group

At 30 June 2018

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Trade payables and accruals 

Provisions for future purchase of non-controlling interests 

At 30 June 2017

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Trade payables and accruals 

Provisions for future purchase of non-controlling interests 

Company

At 30 June 2018

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest

Trade payables, accruals and amounts due 
to subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2017

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest

Trade payables, accruals and amounts due 
to subsidiary undertakings

Within
1 year 
£’000

—

—

27,026

—

27,026

Within
1 year
£’000

925

—

27,289

100

28,314

Within
1 year 
£’000

1,992

—

36,860

38,852

Within 1 
year 
£’000

4,761

—

28,337

33,098

1–2 years
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

2–5 years
£’000

14

52,555

—

—

52,569

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

1–2 years
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

14

51,941

—

—

51,955

—

—

—

—

—

1–2 years 
£’000

2–5 years 
£’000

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

17,984

—

17,984

—

—

—

—

1–2 years 
£’000

2–5 years 
£’000

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

16,732

—

16,732

—

—

—

—

Total 
£’000

14

52,555

27,026

—

79,595

Total 
£’000

939

51,941

27,289

100

80,269

Total 
£’000

1,992

17,984

38,860

56,836

Total 
£’000

4,761

16,732

28,337

49,830

The Company has entered into an unlimited cross guarantee with the Group’s credit facility providers.

Credit risk
Risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are receivables and bank balances. The Group is consequently exposed to the risk that its customers or the 
credit facility providers cannot meet their obligations as they fall due.

Group policy
The Group policy is that the lines of business assess the creditworthiness and financial strength of customers at inception and on an ongoing basis. 
The Group also reviews the credit rating of the bank. Cash is held in banks with a credit rating between AA and B- per Fitch at 11 September 2018.

101

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Risk management arrangements
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. However, the Group has no significant exposure to credit risk because 
its trading is spread over a large number of customers. The payment terms offered to customers take into account the assessment of their 
creditworthiness and financial strength, and they are set in accordance with industry standards. The creditworthiness of customers is considered 
before trading commences. Most of the Group’s customers are large and well-established institutions that pay on time and in accordance with the 
Group’s standard terms of business. 

The amounts presented in the Balance Sheet are net of allowances for bad and doubtful receivables estimated by management based on prior 
experience and their assessment of the current economic value.

Set out below is an analysis of the Group’s trade receivables by due date prior to any impairment.

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017 

Not due 
£’000

12,363

14,616

 0–30 days
£’000

30–60 days
£’000 

Over 60 days
£’000

4,204

3,316

1,865

1,640

5,206

4,157

Total
£’000

23,638

23,730

Allowances
£’000

(769)

(522)

Net
£’000

22,869

23,207

Receivables within the 0–30 days category or above are past due, but the Group considers them to be collectable and not impaired except where 
specifically provided for.

Set out below is the movement for the year in the allowance for bad and doubtful debts relating to trade receivables.

Allowances at 1 July 2017 

Additions charged to Income Statement 

Allowances used

Allowances reversed 

Allowances at 30 June 2018

30 June 
2018 
£’000 

522

537

(140)

(150)

769

30 June 
2017 
£’000 

620

385

(162)

(321)

522

Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
The table below sets out the accounting classification and the carrying and fair values of all of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities. 
The carrying value and fair value are equal in all cases. None of the financial instruments have been reclassified during the year. All items classified 
as fair value through profit and loss are held for trading.

Group

At 30 June 2018

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

Forward currency contracts

Put options for non-controlling interests 

Fair value 
through profit 
and loss 
£’000

 Loans and
receivables
£’000

Financial
instruments 
designated for
hedging 
£’000

Amortised
cost
 £’000

Other 
£’000

Total 
£’000

— 
— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10,789
26,262

37,051

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 
— 

—

—

—

—

(243)

—

—

— 
— 

—

(27,293)

—

(50,665)

—

—

—

(243)

(77,958)

— 
— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10,789
26,262

37,051

(27,293)

—

(50,665)

(243)

—

—

(78,201)

102

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Group continued

At 30 June 2017

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

Forward currency contracts

Put options for non-controlling interests 

Company

At 30 June 2018

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Forward currency contracts

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans 

Interest rate swaps 

At 30 June 2017

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Forward currency contracts

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans 

Interest rate swaps 

Fair value 
through profit
and loss 
£’000

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

 Loans and
receivables
£’000

10,687

26,350

37,037

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Financial
instruments
designated for
hedging 
£’000

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

(662)

—

—

Amortised
cost
 £’000

— 

— 

—

(27,289)

(925)

(49,781)

—

—

—

(662)

(77,995)

Other
£’000

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

(100)

(100)

Fair value
through profit
and loss
£’000

Loans and
receivables
£’000

Financial
instruments
designated for
hedging
£’000

Amortised
cost
£’000

Total
£’000

10,687

26,350

37,037

(27,289)

(925)

(49,781)

(662)

—

(100)

(78,757)

Total
£’000

265

91,727

—

91,992

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Fair value 
through profit
and loss
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

265

91,727

—

91,992

—

—

—

—

—

Loans and
receivables
£’000

70

84,863

—

84,933

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(243)

(243)

Financial
instruments
designated for
hedging
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(662)

(662)

—

—

—

—

(36,860)

(36,860)

(1,992)

(15,837)

—

(1,992)

(15,837)

(243)

(54,689)

(54,932)

Amortised
cost
£’000

—

—

—

—

(28,337)

(4,761)

(14,572)

—

(47,670)

Total
£’000

70

84,863

—

84,933

(28,337)

(4,761)

(14,572)

(662)

(48,332)

103

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Fair value measurement
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

•  The carrying amount of trade receivables and payables approximates to fair value due to the short maturity of the amounts receivable 

and payable.

•  The fair value of the Group’s borrowings are estimated on the basis of the discounted value of future cash flows using approximate discount 

rates in effect at the Balance Sheet date.

•  The fair value of the Group’s outstanding interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts and put options for non-controlling interest are 

estimated using discounted cash flow models and market rates of interest and foreign exchange at the Balance Sheet date. 

The table below analyses financial instruments measured at fair value via a valuation method. The different levels have been defined as:

Level 1
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly 
(that is, derived from prices).

Level 3
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

Group and Company

At 30 June 2018

Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through income or expense

– Trading derivatives at fair value through the Income Statement 

Financial liabilities at fair value through equity

– Derivative financial instruments designated for hedging 

Total liabilities 

At 30 June 2017

Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through income or expense

– Trading derivatives at fair value through the Income Statement 

Financial liabilities at fair value through equity

– Derivative financial instruments designated for hedging 

Total liabilities 

Level 1 
£’000 

Level 2 
£’000 

Level 3 
£’000

Total 
£’000

— 

—

—

Level 1 
£’000 

— 

—

—

—

(243)

(243)

Level 2 
£’000 

—

(662)

(662)

— 

—

—

Level 3 
£’000

— 

—

—

— 

(243)

(243)

Total 
£’000

— 

(662)

(662)

104

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 22. Deferred tax
Movements on deferred tax assets are as follows:

Non-current assets
Asset at 30 June 2016 

Deferred tax credit in the Income Statement for the year

Deferred tax credit in other comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly in equity for the year

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate

Exchange translation difference

Asset at 30 June 2017

Deferred tax credit/(charge) in the Income Statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly in equity for the year

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate

Exchange translation difference

Asset at 30 June 2018

Group
£’000

 Company
 £’000

942

134

(106)

(151)

(7)

8

820

(77)

(80)

(11)

(120)

(74)

458

384

165

(106)

(151)

(7)

—

285

41

(80)

(11)

(11)

—

224

The Group deferred tax asset arises as a result of tax on share based payments: £177,000 (2017: £154,000), future deductions available on US 
deferred consideration: £201,000 (2017: £375,000), fair value interest rate swap losses: £46,000 (2017: £131,000) and future deductions available 
on overseas losses carried forward: £119,000, (2017: £160,000). It is anticipated that the Group and Company will make sufficient taxable profit 
to allow the benefit of the deferred tax asset to be utilised.

Movements on deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

Non-current liabilities
Liability at 30 June 2016 

Deferred tax credit in the Income Statement for the year

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate 

Liability at 30 June 2017

Deferred tax credit in the Income Statement for the year

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate 

Exchange translation difference

Liability at 30 June 2018

Group 
£’000

 Company 
£’000

3,989

(1,113)

1,833

(124)

4,585

(921)

(503)

(79)

5

3,087

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

The deferred tax liability arises as a result of accelerated tax on amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software and on the 
depreciation of property plant and equipment.

23. Share capital

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares
At 30 June 2016 

Shares issued

At 30 June 2017
Shares issued

At 30 June 2018

Number of ordinary
shares of 5p each

Ordinary shares
 £’000

Share premium
account
£’000

 Treasury shares 
£’000

Total 
£’000

86,985,731

262,243

87,247,974
166,099

87,414,073

4,349

13

4,362
9

4,371

45,225

—

45,225
—

(96)

—

(96)
—

49,478

13

49,491
9

45,225

(96)

49,500

105

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements23. Share capital continued
On 20 September 2017, 166,099 ordinary shares were issued in respect of the vesting of the 2014 PSP share awards to employees 
(including Directors).

At 30 June 2018, 46,584 shares (2017: 46,584) were held in Treasury, which represents 0.1% (2017: 0.1%) of the share capital of the Company.

24. Share based payments
a) Share awards
Details of Directors’ share awards are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. In addition to the Directors a limited number of the senior 
management team are also granted share awards.

Under the Wilmington Group plc 2007 Performance Share Plan:

Year of grant

2014

2015

2016

2017

Exercise 
price per
award

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Date of vesting 

Sept 2017

Sept 2018

Sept 2019

Sept 2020

Number of shares
for which awards
outstanding at
 1 July 2017

178,308

188,337

233,092

Awards granted 
during year 

Awards vested
during year

 Awards lapsed 
during year

—

—

—

(166,099)

—

—

—

(12,209)

(38,585)

(25,514)

—

—

280,677

 Number of
shares for
which awards
outstanding at 
30 June 2018

—

149,752

207,578

280,677

166,099 awards vested on 13 September 2017 at a share price of £2.18. The fair value of the awards granted during the year was £2.15 per award.

Details of the Performance Share Plan are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 65.

These awards were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following assumptions:

•  Expected volatility (%) 18.41

•  Expected life (years) 3

•  Expected dividends (%) Nil

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. The expected life used in the model is the 
mid-point of the exercise period.

b) Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’)
On 15 September 2017 the Company awarded share options to selected key management under a CSOP. This is a discretionary scheme 
consisting of an HMRC-approved schedule and an unapproved schedule which enables a company to grant share options to selected 
employees over shares with a maximum cumulative value per individual of £30,000 at the date of the grant. The exercise price of the granted 
options is equal to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. Options are conditional on the employee completing three years’ 
service (the vesting period) so act as a lock-in incentive; the options have a contractual option term of ten years. The options are exercisable 
starting three years from the grant date, subject to the Group achieving its target growth in earnings per share over the period of inflation 
plus 3%. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash. 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise price are as follows: 

Year of grant

2015

2016

2017

Average
exercise price
per option
£

2.625

2.455

2.150

Date of vesting

Sept 2018

Sept 2019

Sept 2020

Number of shares
for which options
outstanding
1 July 2017

Options granted
during year

Options vested
during year

 Options lapsed
during year

 Number of shares
for which options
outstanding at
30 June 2018

215,665

324,774

—

—

—

418,818

—

—

—

(54,939)

(48,824)

(54,057)

160,726

275,950

364,761

The fair value of the options granted during the year was £0.28 per option.

These awards were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following assumptions:

•  Expected volatility (%) 24.19

•  Expected life (years) 6.5

•  Expected dividends (%) 3.95

•  Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. The expected life used in the model is the 

mid-point of the exercise period.

An expense of £641,000 (2017: £552,000) was recognised in the Income Statement of the Group for share based payments. Of this expense 
£641,000 (2017: £552,000) was recognised in the parent company Income Statement.

106

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 25. Non-controlling interests

At 30 June 2016 

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid

At 30 June 2017

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid

Movements in non-controlling interest

At 30 June 2018

Net non-
controlling
interests
£’000

153

38

(105)

86

47

(62)

11

82

Movements in non-controlling interests relate to the purchase of the remaining 20% shareholding in Central Law Training (Scotland) Limited 
for £335,000 in July 2017.

26. Commitments
a)  The Group had, in relation to property, plant and equipment, capital commitments contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2018 of £nil 

(2017: £nil).

b) Total future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Not later than one year 

Later than one year and not later than five years 

Later than five years 

Group

Company

30 June 
2018 
£’000 

2,486

8,152

6,779

17,417

30 June 
2017 
£’000 

2,297

9,418

8,357

20,072

30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,062

6,823

6,779

14,664

30 June 
2017 
£’000

575

5,939

8,327

14,841

27. Related party transactions
The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary undertakings offer certain Group-wide purchasing facilities to the Company’s other subsidiary 
undertakings whereby the actual costs are recharged.

The Company has made recharges totalling £1,358,120 (2017: £1,405,927) to its fellow Group undertakings in respect of management services.

Amounts due from and to subsidiary undertakings by the Company are set out in notes 17 and 19 respectively.

During the year, the Company received dividends of £10,699,710 from subsidiaries (2017: £8,758,300).

The Chief Executive Officer, Pedro Ros, owns a minority shareholding in SMARP OY (a company incorporated in Finland), which provides ongoing 
social media services to the Group. During the year SMARP UK Limited, a subsidiary of SMARP OY, invoiced £17,856 (£17,856).

Close family members of key management personnel provided services for the Group during the year for lecturing, writing, production, exam 
marking services and photography. The total invoiced for these services was £95,333 (2017: £63,171).

28. Staff and their pay and benefits
a) Employee costs (including Directors) were as follows:

Wages and salaries* 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs
Share based payments (including social security costs)

* 

Excluded from wages and salaries are redundancy costs in the year of £1,061,000 (2017: £625,000).

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

43,790

4,548

1,035

641

50,014

Year ended 
30 June 
2017
£’000

43,779

4,882

940
552

50,153

107

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsNotes to the financial statements continued 

28. Staff and their pay and benefits continued
b)  Remuneration of key management personnel that held office for part or all of the year (2018: 14 people; 2017: 11 people), which includes the 

Directors and other key management personnel, is shown in the table below:

Short-term employee benefits 

Compensation for loss of office

Post-employment benefits 

Share based payments 

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

2,997

113

67

527

3,704

3,166

—

86

424

3,676

More detailed information concerning Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings, pension entitlement, share options and other long-term incentive 
plans is shown in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 65, which forms part of the consolidated financial statements. 

c) The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) employed by the Group was as follows:

Cost of sales

Administration 

Year ended
30 June
2018
Number

Year ended
30 June
2017
Number

539

441

980

547

448

995

Total full time equivalents at 30 June 2018 were 849 (2017: 856).

d) Retirement benefits

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes. Total contributions to the schemes during the year were £1,035,000 
(2017: £940,000).

29. Cash generated from operations

Group

Company

Profit from continuing operations before income tax

Gain on sale of leasehold property

Adjusting items – excluding depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Adjusting items – depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included 
in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Finance costs 

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

Cash generated from/(used in) operations before adjusting items

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

3,025

—

4,141

432

917

7,734

8,561

(11)

641

1,969

27,409

160

(1,904)

25,665

15,862

(6,333)

3,468

—

1,071

7,193

2,366

(20)

552

1,961

26,120

(1,997)

2,530

26,653

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

6,964

—

727

—

—

—

—

—

641

1,027

9,359

(3,534)

9,336

15,161

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

9,131

(6,333)

1,943

—

95

—

—

—

552

1,102

6,490

(18,048)

8,948

(2,610)

108

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial Statements29. Cash generated from operations continued
Cash conversion is calculated as a percentage of cash generated by operations to adjusted EBITA as follows:

Funds from operations before adjusting items:
Adjusted EBITA (note 2a)

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital 
Net working capital movement 

Funds from operations before adjusting items 

Cash conversion 

Free cash flow:
Operating cash flows before movement in working capital

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net working capital movement

Interest paid

Tax paid

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Free cash flow

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

24,560

641

1,302

917

(11)

27,409

(1,744)

25,665

105%

23,352

552

1,165

1,071

(20)

26,120

533

26,653

114%

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

27,409

55

(1,744)

(1,934)

(4,738)

(3,089)

(1,934)

14,025

26,120

43

533

(1,656)

(3,905)

(1,300)

(1,599)

18,236

30. Events after the reporting period
Forward contracts
On 2 July 2018 the following forward contracts were entered into in order to provide certainty in Sterling terms of 80% of the Group’s expected net 
US Dollar and Euro income:

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $3.0m to 19 October 2018 at a rate of 1.3192

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 16 November 2018 at a rate of 1.1242

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 January 2019 at a rate of 1.1222

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 15 March 2019 at a rate of 1.3292

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 April 2019 at a rate of 1.1190

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 17 May 2019 at a rate of 1.3336

Sale of International Company Profile FZ LLC
On 18 July 2018 Wilmington Publishing and Information Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington plc) sold the trade and assets of its ICP 
credit reporting business, including the 100% shareholding in International Company Profile FZ LLC, the statutory entity incorporated in Dubai, 
to its management team. The £3.0m consideration (excluding £0.9m of potential early repayment discounts) in respect of the sale will be paid 
in instalments over the next five years. At 30 June 2018 all assets disposed of as part of the transaction have been reclassified to held for sale.

109

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsPro forma five year financial summary (unaudited)

Revenue

Operating expenses (before adjusting items)

Adjusted EBITA

Other adjusting items

Gain on disposal of property

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding 
computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Taxation

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Cash generated from operations before adjusting items

Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Interim and proposed final dividend per share (pence)

Dividend cover1

Return on equity (%)2

Return on equity excluding impairment3

Return on sales (%)4

2014
£’m

90.0

(71.3)

17.8

(0.8)

—

(6.3)

—

10.7

(2.1)

8.6

(2.0)

6.6

15.7

20.2

7.59

7.39

13.95

7.3

1.9

30.2

27.8

19.8

2015
£’m

95.1

(74.7)

19.5

(1.1)

—

(6.1)

—

12.3

(2.0)

10.3

(2.4)

7.9

17.5

21.9

8.96

8.83

15.57

7.7

2.0

32.6

30.1

20.5

2016
£’m

105.7

(83.1)

22.0

(2.4)

—

(5.4)

(15.7)

(1.5)

(1.9)

(3.4)

(2.9)

(6.3)

20.3

23.9

2017
£’m

120.3

(97.0)

23.4

(3.5)

6.3

(6.0)

(2.4)

17.8

(2.0)

15.9

(3.0)

12.9

21.4

26.7

(7.39)

14.72

(7.39)

14.62

18.17

8.1

2.2

41.5

33.2

20.8

19.05

8.5

2.2

46.2

31.6

19.4

2018
£’m

122.1

(97.5)

24.6

(4.6)

—

(6.4)

(8.6)

5.0

(2.0)

3.0

(2.8)

0.2

22.6

25.7

0.25

0.24

20.49

8.8

2.3

48.9

31.0

20.1

1 

Dividend cover – adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations divided by the interim and proposed final dividend per share.

2  Return on equity – adjusted profit before tax divided by the average equity attributable to owners of the parent.

3 

 Return on equity – adjusted profit before tax divided by the average equity attributable to owners of the parent excluding the effects of the following impairments on equity: £4.5m, year ended 
30 June 2013; £15.7m, year ended 30 June 2016; £2.4m, year ended 30 June 2017; and £8,561, year ended 30 June 2018. 

4  Return on sales – adjusted EBITA divided by revenue.

110

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsPrior year restatement (unaudited)

Wilmington plc 30 June 2018

The reported segmental revenue and contribution in the year ended 30 June 2017 have been restated to reflect a reallocation between the 
Professional and Healthcare divisions. This reallocation is in respect of events now managed by the Healthcare division that were previously 
reported in the Professional division.

Restatement June 2017

Risk and Compliance

Healthcare

Professional

Revenue

Risk and Compliance

Healthcare

Professional

Unallocated central overheads

Share based payments

Adjusted EBITA

Reported 

Restatement

Restated

42,272

38,585

39,472

—

3,938

(3,938)

42,272

42,523

35,534

120,329

—

120,329

Reported 

Restatement

Restated

12,265

9,705

5,864

27,834
(3,930)

(552)

23,352

—

(280)

280

—
—

—

—

12,265

9,425

6,144

27,834
(3,930)

(552)

23,352

111

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsAdvisers and corporate calendar 

Financial advisers 
and joint stockbrokers
Numis Securities Limited 
10 Paternoster Square  
London  
EC4M 7LT

Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street 
London 
EC2V 9QR

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place 
London  
WC2N 6RH

Solicitors
Gowling WLG
4 More London Riverside  
London 
SE1 2AU

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
1 Churchill Place 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5HP

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

Shareholder helpline
+44 (0) 371 384 2855 (UK)  
+44 121 415 7047 (overseas)

Corporate calendar 
Announcement of final results
12 September 2018

Annual General Meeting
1 November 2018

Announcement of interim results
February 2019

Registered address
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS

Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS 
Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com

112

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2018Financial StatementsW

i

l

m

i

n

g

t

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

8

Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS

Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com